Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Stochastic Systems

434 missions · 138 completed

The mathematics of systems that evolve under randomness, modeled as families of random variables indexed by time — from Markov chains and martingales to Brownian motion and stochastic differential equations. The field spans stochastic analysis, filtering and optimal control under uncertainty, ergodic behavior of random dynamics, and concentration of measure, with models reaching across physics, engineering, finance, and biology.

Missions

Open296Completed138All434
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case VII: The Finite-Horizon Borel Model — over Universally Measurable Policies J*_K = T^K(J_0)Textbook

Motivation

Finite-horizon stochastic control on general state and control spaces — inventory levels, queue lengths, positions, beliefs — cannot be written down without measure theory, and the measure theory turns out to be the hard part. The dynamic programming (DP) recursion "start from zero and minimise one stage at a time" is easy to state, but on uncountable spaces the minimisation in each step produces functions that need not be Borel-measurable, and the infimum over policies has to be taken over a class large enough to contain near-minimisers. Bertsekas and Shreve's Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case (1978; Athena reprint 1996) resolved this by working with universally measurable policies and lower semianalytic costs. Chapter 8 is the finite-horizon core of that theory, and the infinite-horizon results of Chapter 9 and the imperfect-information reduction of Chapter 10 are built on it.

Timeline. Blackwell (1965) treated discounted problems on Borel spaces with bounded costs and Borel policies, where ε-optimal Borel policies may fail to exist. Strauch (1966) studied positive and negative models. Blackwell, Freedman and Orkin (1974) introduced analytic sets and analytically measurable policies into DP. Bertsekas and Shreve (1978, Chapters 7–8) gave the universally measurable finite-horizon theory formalized here, including the unbounded-cost assumptions (F⁺)/(F⁻).

Setting

A finite horizon stochastic optimal control model is a nine-tuple (S,C,U,W,p,f,α,g,N)(S,C,U,W,p,f,\alpha,g,N)(S,C,U,W,p,f,α,g,N). The state space SSS, control space CCC and disturbance space WWW are nonempty Borel spaces (topological spaces homeomorphic to Borel subsets of complete separable metric spaces). The constraint U(x)⊆CU(x)\subseteq CU(x)⊆C is nonempty and Γ={(x,u)∣u∈U(x)}\Gamma=\{(x,u)\mid u\in U(x)\}Γ={(x,u)∣u∈U(x)} is analytic in S×CS\times CS×C. Disturbances are drawn from a Borel stochastic kernel p(dw∣x,u)p(dw\mid x,u)p(dw∣x,u), the system moves by xk+1=f(xk,uk,wk)x_{k+1}=f(x_k,u_k,w_k)xk+1​=f(xk​,uk​,wk​) with fff Borel, the discount factor α\alphaα is a positive real, the one-stage cost g:Γ→[−∞,∞]g:\Gamma\to[-\infty,\infty]g:Γ→[−∞,∞] is lower semianalytic ({g<c}\{g<c\}{g<c} is analytic for every real ccc), and N≥1N\ge1N≥1 is the horizon. The state transition kernel is t(B∣x,u)=p({w∣f(x,u,w)∈B}∣x,u)t(B\mid x,u)=p(\{w\mid f(x,u,w)\in B\}\mid x,u)t(B∣x,u)=p({w∣f(x,u,w)∈B}∣x,u).

A set is universally measurable if it is measurable for the completion of the Borel σ-algebra under every probability measure. A policy π=(μ0,…,μN−1)\pi=(\mu_0,\dots,\mu_{N-1})π=(μ0​,…,μN−1​) chooses uku_kuk​ from a universally measurable stochastic kernel μk(duk∣x0,u0,…,xk)\mu_k(du_k\mid x_0,u_0,\dots,x_k)μk​(duk​∣x0​,u0​,…,xk​) concentrated on U(xk)U(x_k)U(xk​); it is Markov if μk\mu_kμk​ depends on xkx_kxk​ only, and nonrandomized if every μk(⋅∣⋅)\mu_k(\cdot\mid\cdot)μk​(⋅∣⋅) is a point mass. Π′\Pi'Π′ denotes all policies and Π\PiΠ the Markov ones. A policy and an initial distribution ppp determine a probability measure rN(π,p)r_N(\pi,p)rN​(π,p) on state–control paths, and the KKK-stage cost and optimal cost are

JK,π(x)=∫[∑k=0K−1αkg(xk,uk)]drN(π,px),JK∗(x)=inf⁡π∈Π′JK,π(x).J_{K,\pi}(x)=\int\Big[\sum_{k=0}^{K-1}\alpha^k g(x_k,u_k)\Big]dr_N(\pi,p_x),\qquad J^*_K(x)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi'}J_{K,\pi}(x).JK,π​(x)=∫[k=0∑K−1​αkg(xk​,uk​)]drN​(π,px​),JK∗​(x)=π∈Π′inf​JK,π​(x).

Assumption (F⁺) requires ∫g− dqk(π,px)<∞\int g^-\,dq_k(\pi,p_x)<\infty∫g−dqk​(π,px​)<∞, and (F⁻) requires ∫g+ dqk(π,px)<∞\int g^+\,dq_k(\pi,p_x)<\infty∫g+dqk​(π,px​)<∞, for every policy, initial state and stage, where qkq_kqk​ is the marginal of rNr_NrN​ on the kkk-th pair. The DP operators are

Tμ(J)(x)=∫C[g(x,u)+α ⁣∫SJ dt(⋅∣x,u)]μ(du∣x),T(J)(x)=inf⁡u∈U(x){g(x,u)+α ⁣∫SJ dt(⋅∣x,u)}.T_\mu(J)(x)=\int_C\Big[g(x,u)+\alpha\!\int_S J\,dt(\cdot\mid x,u)\Big]\mu(du\mid x),\qquad T(J)(x)=\inf_{u\in U(x)}\Big\{g(x,u)+\alpha\!\int_S J\,dt(\cdot\mid x,u)\Big\}.Tμ​(J)(x)=∫C​[g(x,u)+α∫S​Jdt(⋅∣x,u)]μ(du∣x),T(J)(x)=u∈U(x)inf​{g(x,u)+α∫S​Jdt(⋅∣x,u)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 8.2

JK∗=TK(J0),K=1,…,N,J^*_K=T^K(J_0),\qquad K=1,\dots,N,JK∗​=TK(J0​),K=1,…,N,

under (F⁺) or (F⁻), where J0≡0J_0\equiv0J0​≡0. The goal leaves the horizon, the discount factor and the sign of ggg unrestricted beyond (F⁺)/(F⁻), and it compares an infimum over all history-dependent randomized policies with a pointwise recursion.

Milestones

In attack order: Lemma 8.1 (the cost of a Markov policy equals Tμ0⋯TμK−1(J0)T_{\mu_0}\cdots T_{\mu_{K-1}}(J_0)Tμ0​​⋯TμK−1​​(J0​)), Proposition 8.1 and Corollary 8.1.1 (Markov policies suffice), Lemma 8.2 (an ε-optimal universally measurable kernel for one application of TTT), Lemma 8.3 (under (F⁺), TK(J0)>−∞T^K(J_0)>-\inftyTK(J0​)>−∞), Lemma 8.4 (monotone and bounded convergence for TμT_\muTμ​). Two consequences of the goal complete the chapter's existence theory: Corollary 8.2.1 (JK∗J^*_KJK∗​ is lower semianalytic) and Proposition 8.3 (ε-optimal nonrandomized Markov policies under (F⁺); nonrandomized semi-Markov and randomized Markov ones under (F⁻)).

Significance

Proposition 8.2 says the DP algorithm computes the true optimal cost of the Borel model, with no restriction to Markov or nonrandomized policies and with costs that may be unbounded in either direction. Corollary 8.2.1 identifies the regularity of the value function — lower semianalytic, possibly not Borel (Example 1 of Chapter 8) — and Proposition 8.3 turns the recursion into near-optimal policies. These results are the base case for the infinite-horizon theory of Chapter 9 (positive, negative and discounted models are analysed as limits of finite-horizon problems) and for the sufficient-statistic reduction of Chapter 10.

All results here are proved in the book. None is formalized: the platform has finite-state, finite-action DP theorems and Borel models with Borel-measurable policies, but no universally measurable policies, no lower semianalytic costs and no Ionescu-Tulcea construction for universally measurable kernels. The mission poses the finite-horizon Borel theory, with reusable infrastructure: the universal σ-algebra, universally measurable kernels, iterated path integrals representing integration against the induced path measure, and the operator calculus on extended-real functions with the convention ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at measurability. On countable spaces, Proposition 8.2 follows from the Part I argument: induct on KKK, choose near-minimising controls state by state, assemble them into a policy. On Borel spaces, a pointwise choice of near-minimisers is not a policy unless it is measurable, and T(J)T(J)T(J) is generally not Borel even when JJJ and ggg are; Borel policies are too few for ε\varepsilonε-optimal ones to exist. The book's way out needs the selection theorem for lower semianalytic functions (Proposition 7.50), integration of universally measurable functions against universally measurable kernels (Propositions 7.45–7.46), and care with infinite values: without (F⁺) or (F⁻), the integral of the stage sum and the sum of the stage integrals can disagree, and Lemma 8.1 fails.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions:

  • Spaces carry [TopologicalSpace X] [MeasurableSpace X] [BorelSpace X] [IsBorelSpace X] [Nonempty X]. IsBorelSpace is the book's Definition 7.7.
  • Extended reals are EReal. Addition inside costs and integrands uses the book's convention −∞+∞=+∞-\infty+\infty=+\infty−∞+∞=+∞ (badd), not Mathlib's, which gives ⊥+⊤=⊥\bot+\top=\bot⊥+⊤=⊥. Integrals are ∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f− with ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞ (extInt).
  • The universal σ-algebra is the intersection of all completions (universalSigma). Kernels are universally measurable in the sense of Lemma 7.28(b).
  • The integral against rN(π,p)r_N(\pi,p)rN​(π,p) is the iterated integral of Eq. (4) of Chapter 8 (pathInt).
  • Stages are indexed 0,…,N−10,\dots,N-10,…,N−1, and a history is kkk state–control pairs plus the current state.
  • ggg is stored on S×CS\times CS×C, but only its values on Γ\GammaΓ are constrained or used.

A trivializing formalization is excluded by construction. JK∗J^*_KJK∗​ is the infimum over all policies in Π′\Pi'Π′, not over Markov or nonrandomized ones. JK,πJ_{K,\pi}JK,π​ is the integral of the stage sum against the path measure, never the operator composition of Lemma 8.1, so the goal does not collapse to the Part I result.

A complete development needs:

  • the analytic-set and universal-measurability theory of §7.6–7.7: closure of analytic sets under projections and sections, measurability of integrals against universally measurable kernels (Proposition 7.46), and the selection theorem (Proposition 7.50);
  • extended-real integration lemmas in the style of Lemma 7.11.

This infrastructure is reusable for the infinite-horizon Borel models (Chapter 9), for the imperfect-information reduction (Chapter 10), and for papers that cite this book. Contributions of these supporting lemmas as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978; Athena Scientific reprint, 1996, Chapter 8. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted dynamic programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 36 (1965), 226–235. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • R. E. Strauch, Negative dynamic programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 37 (1966), 871–890. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • D. Blackwell, D. Freedman and M. Orkin, The optimal reward operator in dynamic programming, Ann. Probab. 2 (1974), 926–941. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996558
  • S. E. Shreve and D. P. Bertsekas, Universally measurable policies in dynamic programming, Math. Oper. Res. 4 (1979), 15–30. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.4.1.15
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Stochastic Matrices Associated with Certain Queuing Processes 1: The M/G/1 Imbedded Chain Is Ergodic iff ρ < 1 and Recurrent iff ρ ≤ 1Research Paper

Motivation

Many queues observed at well-chosen instants are Markov chains on the nonnegative integers. For the single-server queue with Poisson arrivals and general service times (M/G/1), D. G. Kendall showed in 1951 that the number of customers left behind at successive departure epochs is such a chain, the imbedded Markov chain (Kendall 1951; Kendall 1953). Whether the queue settles into a steady state, keeps returning to empty without settling, or grows without bound is then a question about this chain: is it ergodic, null recurrent, or transient?

F. G. Foster's 1953 paper (doi:10.1214/aoms/1177728976) answers this question by first proving general criteria for an irreducible chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…}, stated as solvability conditions for linear inequalities in the transition matrix, and then applying them to the M/G/1 and GI/M/1 chains. Theorem 2 of the paper is the drift condition now known as Foster's criterion, the starting point of the Lyapunov-function method for the stability of queues and stochastic networks (Meyn and Tweedie 2009). This mission is the M/G/1 half of the paper.

Timeline:

  • 1951–1953, Kendall. Introduces the imbedded chains of M/G/1 and GI/M/1 and obtains most of their classification by direct methods.
  • 1953, Foster. Derives the classification from general criteria: Theorem 2 (ergodicity), Theorems 4–6 (transience and recurrence).
  • 1950s onward. The criteria become the standard tools (Feller's text; later the drift conditions of Meyn and Tweedie).

Setting

A Markov chain on the states {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} is given by a transition matrix P=[pij]P=[p_{ij}]P=[pij​]: pij≥0p_{ij}\ge0pij​≥0 and ∑jpij=1\sum_j p_{ij}=1∑j​pij​=1 for every row iii. Write fij(n)f_{ij}^{(n)}fij(n)​ for the probability that the chain started in iii first reaches jjj (for i=ji=ji=j, first returns to jjj) at step n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The chain is irreducible if every state can be reached from every other, and aperiodic if for every state the return times have greatest common divisor 111. A state jjj is recurrent if fjj=∑nfjj(n)=1f_{jj}=\sum_n f_{jj}^{(n)}=1fjj​=∑n​fjj(n)​=1 and transient if fjj<1f_{jj}<1fjj​<1; a recurrent state is ergodic (positive recurrent, "recurrent-nonnull") if in addition its mean recurrence time ∑nnfjj(n)\sum_n n f_{jj}^{(n)}∑n​nfjj(n)​ is finite. The mean first-passage time from iii to jjj is μij=∑n≥1nfij(n)∈[0,∞]\mu_{ij}=\sum_{n\ge1} n f_{ij}^{(n)}\in[0,\infty]μij​=∑n≥1​nfij(n)​∈[0,∞].

The M/G/1 matrix is built from a sequence k0,k1,…k_0,k_1,\dotsk0​,k1​,… of positive numbers summing to one (knk_nkn​ is the probability of nnn arrivals during one service):

[pij]=[k0k1k2⋯k0k1k2⋯0k0k1⋯00k0⋯⋮⋮⋮],[p_{ij}] = \begin{bmatrix} k_0 & k_1 & k_2 & \cdots \\ k_0 & k_1 & k_2 & \cdots \\ 0 & k_0 & k_1 & \cdots \\ 0 & 0 & k_0 & \cdots \\ \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \end{bmatrix},[pij​]=​k0​k0​00⋮​k1​k1​k0​0⋮​k2​k2​k1​k0​⋮​⋯⋯⋯⋯​​,

that is, p0j=kjp_{0j}=k_jp0j​=kj​ and, for i≥1i\ge1i≥1, pij=kj−i+1p_{ij}=k_{j-i+1}pij​=kj−i+1​ when j≥i−1j\ge i-1j≥i−1 and 000 otherwise. The traffic intensity is

ρ=∑n=1∞n kn∈[0,∞],\rho=\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}n\,k_n\in[0,\infty],ρ=n=1∑∞​nkn​∈[0,∞],

the mean number of arrivals per service.

Formalization targets

Goal: the M/G/1 classification (§3, p. 358)

the chain is ergodic  ⟺  ρ<1,the chain is recurrent  ⟺  ρ≤1.\text{the chain is ergodic}\iff\rho<1,\qquad\text{the chain is recurrent}\iff\rho\le1 .the chain is ergodic⟺ρ<1,the chain is recurrent⟺ρ≤1.

The goal leaves kkk arbitrary apart from positivity and normalization; in particular ρ=∞\rho=\inftyρ=∞ is allowed and falls in the transient case.

Milestones (the paper's general theorems and the step of §3 they feed)

  1. Theorem 2 (drift criterion): a nonnegative solution of ∑jpijyj≤yi−1\sum_j p_{ij}y_j\le y_i-1∑j​pij​yj​≤yi​−1 (i≠0i\ne0i=0) with ∑jp0jyj<∞\sum_j p_{0j}y_j<\infty∑j​p0j​yj​<∞ makes the system ergodic. Already posed on the platform and referenced here.
  2. Theorem 3: in an ergodic system the mean first-passage times dj=μj0d_j=\mu_{j0}dj​=μj0​ are finite and satisfy ∑j≥1pijdj=di−1\sum_{j\ge1}p_{ij}d_j=d_i-1∑j≥1​pij​dj​=di​−1 (i≠0i\ne0i=0), ∑j≥1p0jdj<∞\sum_{j\ge1}p_{0j}d_j<\infty∑j≥1​p0j​dj​<∞.
  3. §3 display: for the ergodic M/G/1 chain, μi,i−1=μ10\mu_{i,i-1}=\mu_{10}μi,i−1​=μ10​ and μi0=iμ10\mu_{i0}=i\mu_{10}μi0​=iμ10​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0).
  4. Theorem 5: a solution of ∑jpijyj≤yi\sum_j p_{ij}y_j\le y_i∑j​pij​yj​≤yi​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0) with yi→∞y_i\to\inftyyi​→∞ makes the system recurrent.
  5. Theorem 7: for a probability distribution {pn}\{p_n\}{pn​} with p0>0p_0>0p0​>0, ∑nznpn=z\sum_n z^np_n=z∑n​znpn​=z has a root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) iff ∑n≥1npn>1\sum_{n\ge1}np_n>1∑n≥1​npn​>1.
  6. Theorem 4: the system is transient iff ∑jpijyj=yi\sum_j p_{ij}y_j=y_i∑j​pij​yj​=yi​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0) has a bounded nonconstant solution.

Significance

The result. The classification is the stability theorem for the M/G/1 queue: for ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 the departure-epoch queue length has a stationary distribution, which is what the Pollaczek–Khinchine formula describes; for ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 the queue empties infinitely often but has no steady state; for ρ>1\rho>1ρ>1 it grows without bound. The general criteria behind it (Theorems 2, 4, 5) apply to any chain on the nonnegative integers and are reused in the companion GI/M/1 mission and throughout queueing and Markov-chain stability theory.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved on paper (Kendall and Foster, 1951–1953, with Theorems 3 and 7 classical lemmas from Feller). None of them is known to have a machine-checked proof against a Lean development of countable-state Markov chains. The mission produces such proofs on the published discrete-chain vocabulary (transition matrices, first-passage probabilities, return probabilities, positive recurrence), together with the general Foster criteria as reusable theorems. Theorem 2 is already posed as an open platform theorem and is reused here.

Difficulty

The queue-specific part of the argument is short once the general criteria are available; the weight of the mission is in those criteria. They relate qualitative properties of an infinite chain (ergodicity, recurrence, transience) to solvability of infinite systems of linear inequalities, and this needs limit behaviour of the nnn-step probabilities pij(n)p_{ij}^{(n)}pij(n)​ and of hitting probabilities of state 000, none of which follows from finite-state arguments. Two further points resist the naive approach. The converse directions (ergodic ⇒ρ<1\Rightarrow\rho<1⇒ρ<1, recurrent ⇒ρ≤1\Rightarrow\rho\le1⇒ρ≤1) need exact identities for mean first-passage times, not just bounds, and these must be handled in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] because the means may be infinite. And the boundary case ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 (null recurrence) separates the two equivalences: an argument that only compares the mean drift ρ−1\rho-1ρ−1 with 000, such as a law of large numbers for the increments, cannot tell recurrence from transience there.

Formalization scope

  • The chain is the published QueueingFundamentals.Foundations.TransitionMatrix (entries P.p i j, rows summing to 111 as a HasSum), with its firstPassage, returnProb, Irreducible, Aperiodic and PositiveRecurrent. "Ergodic" is P.PositiveRecurrent; aperiodicity is the paper's standing assumption and is not folded into it a second time.
  • States are indexed from 000, as in the paper; "i≠0i\ne0i=0" is i ≠ 0.
  • The M/G/1 matrix is a function mg1Matrix k : ℕ → ℕ → ℝ; the goal and the §3 display quantify over every TransitionMatrix P with P.p = mg1Matrix k. Such a P exists for every admissible k (checked in a sorry-free local file for ki=2−(i+1)k_i=2^{-(i+1)}ki​=2−(i+1)).
  • ∑nkn=1\sum_n k_n=1∑n​kn​=1 is added as the meaning of "stochastic matrix"; §3 writes only ki>0k_i>0ki​>0.
  • ρ\rhoρ and all mean first-passage times are extended nonnegative reals ([0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]), so divergent means are ∞\infty∞, never 000. Theorem 7's mean is also taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Recurrent means fjj=1f_{jj}=1fjj​=1 for every state jjj; transient means fjj<1f_{jj}<1fjj​<1 for every state. For irreducible chains these are complementary, which is a theorem, not a definition.
  • The general Theorems 3, 4 and 5 assume irreducibility and aperiodicity, the paper's standing assumption of §1. The goal does not assume them: they follow from ki>0k_i>0ki​>0.
  • Every series in a hypothesis carries its convergence (Summable or HasSum); Theorem 3's equation (6) is written as di=1+∑j≥1pijdjd_i=1+\sum_{j\ge1}p_{ij}d_jdi​=1+∑j≥1​pij​dj​ in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] together with finiteness of the djd_jdj​, j≠0j\ne0j=0.
  • Theorem 7's distribution is renamed qqq in Lean to avoid a clash with pijp_{ij}pij​. Theorem 1 of the paper (§2) and Theorem 6 are not targets of this mission.

Ruled out: ρ\rhoρ as a real tsum (which is 000 for a divergent series and would call a heavy-tailed chain ergodic); defining "ergodic" or "recurrent" through the existence of Lyapunov or drift functions (which would make the criteria tautological); a goal over a matrix PPP that need not exist.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the general criteria (Theorems 2–5) on the published chain vocabulary, the limit theorem pij(n)→πjp_{ij}^{(n)}\to\pi_jpij(n)​→πj​ for irreducible aperiodic chains, first-step analysis for hitting times, and Theorem 7 as a lemma on probability generating functions; all of these are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 355–360, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • D. G. Kendall, Some problems in the theory of queues, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 13(2), 151–185, 1951. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1951.tb00093.x
  • D. G. Kendall, Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 338–354, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. I, Wiley, 1950.
  • S. Meyn and R. L. Tweedie, Markov Chains and Stochastic Stability, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511626630
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryControl TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonzero-Sum Stochastic Differential Games with Impulse Controls: A Verification Theorem with Applications 2: An Explicit Family of Nash Equilibria for the Linear Impulse GameResearch Paper

Motivation

Impulse control models an agent who acts on a random system through discrete interventions, each with a fixed cost: inventory replenishment, cash management, exchange-rate interventions by a central bank. With two agents whose objectives conflict, the problem becomes a nonzero-sum stochastic differential game with impulse controls. Before the work of Aïd, Basei, Callegaro, Campi and Vargiolu (Math. Oper. Res. 45(1), 2020; preprint arXiv:1605.00039), such games had no general verification theorem and few explicit equilibria; the paper supplies both. Its main application, formalized in this mission, is a game between two central banks with different targets for an exchange rate, a two-player version of the exchange-rate control models of Bertola, Runggaldier and Yasuda and of Cadenillas and Zapatero (references [10], [12] of the paper). The paper proves that this game has an explicit one-parameter family of Nash equilibria of threshold type, with closed-form payoffs.

Setting

The state is a real process. Without interventions it is x+σWsx+\sigma W_sx+σWs​, where WWW is a standard real Brownian motion and σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. Player 1 may shift it up by impulses δ∈Z1=[0,∞[\delta\in Z_1=[0,\infty[δ∈Z1​=[0,∞[, player 2 down by impulses δ∈Z2=]−∞,0]\delta\in Z_2=]-\infty,0]δ∈Z2​=]−∞,0]:

Xs=x+σWs+∑k:τ1,k≤sδ1,k+∑k:τ2,k≤sδ2,k.X_s=x+\sigma W_s+\sum_{k:\tau_{1,k}\le s}\delta_{1,k}+\sum_{k:\tau_{2,k}\le s}\delta_{2,k}.Xs​=x+σWs​+k:τ1,k​≤s∑​δ1,k​+k:τ2,k​≤s∑​δ2,k​.

Player 1 earns the running payoff f1(Xs)=Xs−s1f_1(X_s)=X_s-s_1f1​(Xs​)=Xs​−s1​, player 2 earns f2(Xs)=s2−Xsf_2(X_s)=s_2-X_sf2​(Xs​)=s2​−Xs​, with s1<s2s_1<s_2s1​<s2​. An impulse δ\deltaδ costs its author c+λ∣δ∣c+\lambda|\delta|c+λ∣δ∣ and pays the opponent c~+λ~∣δ∣\tilde c+\tilde\lambda|\delta|c~+λ~∣δ∣. Payoffs are discounted at rate ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0. The standing assumptions are c≥c~≥0c\ge\tilde c\ge0c≥c~≥0, λ≥λ~≥0\lambda\ge\tilde\lambda\ge0λ≥λ~≥0, (c,λ)≠(c~,λ~)(c,\lambda)\ne(\tilde c,\tilde\lambda)(c,λ)=(c~,λ~) and 1−λρ>01-\lambda\rho>01−λρ>0.

A strategy of player iii is a pair φi=(Ci,ξi)\varphi_i=(\mathcal C_i,\xi_i)φi​=(Ci​,ξi​): an open continuation region Ci⊆R\mathcal C_i\subseteq\mathbb RCi​⊆R and a continuous impulse map ξi:R→Zi\xi_i:\mathbb R\to Z_iξi​:R→Zi​. Player iii intervenes when the state leaves Ci\mathcal C_iCi​, applying the impulse ξi(state)\xi_i(\text{state})ξi​(state); player 1 has priority when both want to act. This rule defines the controlled process Xx;φ1,φ2X^{x;\varphi_1,\varphi_2}Xx;φ1​,φ2​ and the interventions (τi,k,δi,k)(\tau_{i,k},\delta_{i,k})(τi,k​,δi,k​) inductively. Player iii's payoff is

Ji(x;φ1,φ2)=Ex[∫0∞e−ρsfi(Xs) ds−∑ke−ρτi,k(c+λ∣δi,k∣)+∑ke−ρτj,k(c~+λ~∣δj,k∣)].J^i(x;\varphi_1,\varphi_2)=\mathbb E_x\Big[\int_0^\infty e^{-\rho s}f_i(X_s)\,ds-\sum_{k}e^{-\rho\tau_{i,k}}(c+\lambda|\delta_{i,k}|)+\sum_{k}e^{-\rho\tau_{j,k}}(\tilde c+\tilde\lambda|\delta_{j,k}|)\Big].Ji(x;φ1​,φ2​)=Ex​[∫0∞​e−ρsfi​(Xs​)ds−k∑​e−ρτi,k​(c+λ∣δi,k​∣)+k∑​e−ρτj,k​(c~+λ~∣δj,k​∣)].

A pair is xxx-admissible, (φ1,φ2)∈Φx(\varphi_1,\varphi_2)\in\Phi_x(φ1​,φ2​)∈Φx​, when these random variables are integrable, sup⁡t∣Xt∣\sup_t|X_t|supt​∣Xt​∣ has all moments, and neither player's interventions accumulate in finite time. A Nash equilibrium is an admissible pair from which no player gains by deviating to any strategy that keeps the pair admissible.

The explicit objects are θ=2ρ/σ2\theta=\sqrt{2\rho/\sigma^2}θ=2ρ/σ2​, η=(1−λρ)/ρ\eta=(1-\lambda\rho)/\rhoη=(1−λρ)/ρ and

F(y)=2y+θc−ηlog⁡η+yη−y,0<y<η.F(y)=2y+\theta c-\eta\log\frac{\eta+y}{\eta-y},\qquad 0<y<\eta .F(y)=2y+θc−ηlogη−yη+y​,0<y<η.

From the zero ξ\xiξ of FFF and a free parameter s~∈R\tilde s\in\mathbb Rs~∈R, the formulas (4.20)–(4.21) give thresholds xˉ1<xˉ2\bar x_1<\bar x_2xˉ1​<xˉ2​, targets x1∗,x2∗∈]xˉ1,xˉ2[x_1^*,x_2^*\in]\bar x_1,\bar x_2[x1∗​,x2∗​∈]xˉ1​,xˉ2​[, coefficients AijA_{ij}Aij​, the functions φi(y)=Ai1eθy+Ai2e−θy±(y−si)/ρ\varphi_i(y)=A_{i1}e^{\theta y}+A_{i2}e^{-\theta y}\pm(y-s_i)/\rhoφi​(y)=Ai1​eθy+Ai2​e−θy±(y−si​)/ρ and the piecewise candidates V~1,V~2\tilde V_1,\tilde V_2V~1​,V~2​ of (4.6). These are linear outside ]xˉ1,xˉ2[]\bar x_1,\bar x_2[]xˉ1​,xˉ2​[ and equal φi\varphi_iφi​ inside.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.7

For every s~∈R\tilde s\in\mathbb Rs~∈R and every initial state x∈Rx\in\mathbb Rx∈R, the threshold strategies

φ1∗=(]xˉ1,+∞[, y↦max⁡(x1∗−y,0)),φ2∗=(]−∞,xˉ2[, y↦min⁡(x2∗−y,0))\varphi_1^*=\big(]\bar x_1,+\infty[,\ y\mapsto\max(x_1^*-y,0)\big),\qquad \varphi_2^*=\big(]-\infty,\bar x_2[,\ y\mapsto\min(x_2^*-y,0)\big)φ1∗​=(]xˉ1​,+∞[, y↦max(x1∗​−y,0)),φ2∗​=(]−∞,xˉ2​[, y↦min(x2∗​−y,0))

form an xxx-admissible Nash equilibrium, and

J1(x;φ1∗,φ2∗)=V~1(x),J2(x;φ1∗,φ2∗)=V~2(x).J^1(x;\varphi_1^*,\varphi_2^*)=\tilde V_1(x),\qquad J^2(x;\varphi_1^*,\varphi_2^*)=\tilde V_2(x).J1(x;φ1∗​,φ2∗​)=V~1​(x),J2(x;φ1∗​,φ2∗​)=V~2​(x).

Milestones

  1. (4.17). FFF has a unique zero ξ∈(0,η)\xi\in(0,\eta)ξ∈(0,η).
  2. Proposition 4.2. For every s~\tilde ss~, the explicit 8-uple (4.20) satisfies the order conditions (4.7) and the optimality and pasting conditions (4.8)–(4.9). Moreover, φ2′′\varphi_2''φ2′′​ changes sign exactly once in ]x2∗,xˉ2[]x_2^*,\bar x_2[]x2∗​,xˉ2​[.
  3. Lemma 4.6. The impulses (4.23) maximise δ↦V~i(x+δ)−c−λ∣δ∣\delta\mapsto\tilde V_i(x+\delta)-c-\lambda|\delta|δ↦V~i​(x+δ)−c−λ∣δ∣, and the intervention operators satisfy (4.24): {M1V~1−V~1<0}=]xˉ1,∞[\{\mathcal M_1\tilde V_1-\tilde V_1<0\}=]\bar x_1,\infty[{M1​V~1​−V~1​<0}=]xˉ1​,∞[ and {M2V~2−V~2<0}=]−∞,xˉ2[\{\mathcal M_2\tilde V_2-\tilde V_2<0\}=]-\infty,\bar x_2[{M2​V~2​−V~2​<0}=]−∞,xˉ2​[.
  4. Condition (v). The equilibrium pair is xxx-admissible for every xxx. This includes the integrability (4.26) of the discounted intervention costs.

Milestones 1–3 are deterministic real analysis; milestone 4 and the goal are probabilistic.

Significance

The result gives explicit equilibria, with explicit thresholds and payoffs, for a nonzero-sum stochastic game with impulse controls. Such games rarely have closed-form solutions. The equilibria form a continuum indexed by s~\tilde ss~: equilibrium payoffs are not unique, and every equilibrium in the family is a translate of a fixed interval policy. The explicit formulas also support the comparative statics of Section 4.4, where the continuation region widens as the fixed cost grows.

Proposition 4.7 is proved in the paper by applying its verification theorem (Theorem 3.3) to V~1,V~2\tilde V_1,\tilde V_2V~1​,V~2​. The admissibility estimate (4.26) is written out only for initial states x∈{x1∗,x2∗}x\in\{x_1^*,x_2^*\}x∈{x1∗​,x2∗​}; the general case is said to be similar. As far as is known, none of these results has a machine-checked proof. A formal proof would check every regularity, pasting and admissibility condition. It would also yield a reusable pathwise construction of impulse-controlled Brownian motion.

Difficulty

The deterministic milestones need careful algebra with nested logarithms and square roots. Proving Lemma 4.6 requires the global shape of V~i(y)±λy\tilde V_i(y)\pm\lambda yV~i​(y)±λy, which needs the sign pattern of φ2′′\varphi_2''φ2′′​ from Proposition 4.2, not only local conditions at the thresholds.

The goal is harder. The Nash inequality must hold against every admissible deviation: any open continuation region and any continuous impulse map, not only threshold strategies. Comparing payoffs therefore needs a verification argument, namely Itô's formula for a function that is C2C^2C2 only piecewise and C1C^1C1 across the thresholds, applied along a process with an unbounded number of jumps, plus a localisation that uses the moment condition (2.8). Admissibility needs a renewal-type bound on the discounted number of interventions, built from i.i.d. exit times of Brownian motion from an interval.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace ImpulseGames.LinearGame.

  • The constants and standing assumptions are a structure Model with the proposition Model.Standing. The added hypothesis c>0c>0c>0 appears in every statement that uses ξ\xiξ: with c=0c=0c=0, which the standing assumptions allow, FFF has no zero in (0,η)(0,\eta)(0,η) and the family (4.20) does not exist.
  • The zero ξ\xiξ is a parameter, constrained by ξ∈(0,η)\xi\in(0,\eta)ξ∈(0,η) and F(ξ)=0F(\xi)=0F(ξ)=0. Milestone 1 shows that exactly one such ξ\xiξ exists.
  • The Brownian motion is Mathlib's IsBrownianReal W P on a probability space, with time in R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​. Definition 2.2 is formalized pathwise: exit times inf⁡{s>τ~k−1:X~sk−1∉Ci}\inf\{s>\tilde\tau_{k-1}:\tilde X^{k-1}_s\notin\mathcal C_i\}inf{s>τ~k−1​:X~sk−1​∈/Ci​} in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with inf⁡∅=∞\inf\emptyset=\inftyinf∅=∞, the tie rule favouring player 1, and e−ρ⋅∞=0e^{-\rho\cdot\infty}=0e−ρ⋅∞=0 for the tail of each impulse control. No SDE or stochastic integral appears in any statement; the uncontrolled dynamics are ζ+σ(Ws−Wt)\zeta+\sigma(W_s-W_t)ζ+σ(Ws​−Wt​).
  • Payoffs are Bochner expectations. Φx\Phi_xΦx​ requires every random variable of (2.7) to be integrable, so no deviation can obtain the default value 000 of a non-integrable expectation. The moment condition (2.8) is stated with an extended-real supremum, and (2.9) is read almost surely.
  • The Nash condition quantifies over all strategies of Definition 2.1. A formalization that restricts deviations to threshold strategies would be a different, weaker theorem and is excluded. Likewise, the equilibrium payoffs V~i\tilde V_iV~i​ are the explicit formulas (4.6), never defined as "the equilibrium value".

Two slips of the page are corrected. First, the paper's impulse maps ξi∗(y)=xi∗−y\xi_i^*(y)=x_i^*-yξi∗​(y)=xi∗​−y are not ZiZ_iZi​-valued on all of R\mathbb RR; they are replaced by max⁡(x1∗−y,0)\max(x_1^*-y,0)max(x1∗​−y,0) and min⁡(x2∗−y,0)\min(x_2^*-y,0)min(x2∗​−y,0), which agree with them wherever each player acts. Second, in Lemma 4.6 the maximiser (4.23) is not unique when λ=λ~\lambda=\tilde\lambdaλ=λ~, in the opponent's intervention region (all impulses tie there). The statement asserts maximality everywhere and uniqueness outside that region.

A complete development needs: elementary real analysis for milestones 1–3; a pathwise theory of piecewise-defined processes; an Itô formula for Brownian motion with C1C^1C1, piecewise-C2C^2C2 functions; and exit-time estimates for Brownian motion. The last two are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of the deterministic milestones are welcome independently of the stochastic part.

Selected references

  • R. Aïd, M. Basei, G. Callegaro, L. Campi, T. Vargiolu, Nonzero-sum stochastic differential games with impulse controls: a verification theorem with applications, Mathematics of Operations Research 45(1), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2019.0989 (accepted manuscript: arXiv:1605.00039v4, https://arxiv.org/abs/1605.00039)
  • G. Bertola, W. J. Runggaldier, K. Yasuda, On classical and restricted impulse stochastic control for the exchange rate, Applied Mathematics and Optimization 74(2), 423–454, 2016.
  • A. Cadenillas, F. Zapatero, Classical and impulse stochastic control of the exchange rate using interest rates and reserves, Mathematical Finance 10(2), 141–156, 2000.
  • B. Øksendal, A. Sulem, Applied Stochastic Control of Jump Diffusions, 2nd ed., Springer, 2007.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Algorithms for Stochastic Inventory Control Models 2: The Triple-Balancing Policy Costs at Most Three Times the Optimum for Stochastic Lot-SizingResearch Paper

Motivation

Periodic-review inventory control with a fixed ordering cost is one of the oldest problems in operations research. A firm reviews its stock at the beginning of each of TTT periods, decides whether to place an order, pays a fixed cost KKK for every order it places, and pays holding costs on leftover stock and penalties on unmet (backlogged) demand. When demand is random and correlated across periods, and the firm's forecast evolves as information arrives, the optimal policy solves a dynamic program over the whole information state. That program is intractable in general, and in practice firms use heuristics with no performance guarantee.

Levi, Pál, Roundy and Shmoys (Math. Oper. Res. 32(2), 2007) gave policies with worst-case guarantees for these models, using a "marginal cost accounting" scheme that charges each unit's holding cost to the period in which it was ordered. For the model with fixed ordering costs, the stochastic lot-sizing problem, they assume that the demand of each period is known at the beginning of that period (make-to-order systems, or settings where the short-term forecast is accurate), while demand further ahead stays random and arbitrarily correlated. Under this assumption they define the triple-balancing policy and prove it costs at most three times the optimum in expectation.

Timeline:

  • Scarf (1960) proved that (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) policies are optimal for independent demands with fixed costs; with correlated demand the optimal policy is a state-dependent (st(ft),St(ft))(s_t(f_t), S_t(f_t))(st​(ft​),St​(ft​)) rule that is hard to compute.
  • Levi, Pál, Roundy and Shmoys (2007) gave the dual-balancing 2-approximation for the model without fixed costs (§4) and the triple-balancing 3-approximation for the stochastic lot-sizing problem (§6, Theorem 6.1), both for arbitrarily correlated demand.

Setting

There are periods t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T on a probability space (Ω,F,μ)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mu)(Ω,F,μ) with a filtration (Ft)(\mathcal F_t)(Ft​): Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ is the information available at the beginning of period ttt. The data are a fixed ordering cost K≥0K\ge0K≥0, per-unit holding costs ht≥0h_t\ge0ht​≥0, per-unit backlogging penalties pt≥0p_t\ge0pt​≥0, an initial inventory level x1∈Rx_1\in\mathbb Rx1​∈R, and nonnegative demands DtD_tDt​. The per-unit ordering cost is zero, the lead time is zero and there is no discounting. The defining assumption is that DtD_tDt​ is Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable: the demand of a period is known when the period begins. For every period sss there is a conditional joint distribution IsI_sIs​ of the demands given Fs\mathcal F_sFs​, under which every conditional mean E[Dt∣fs]E[D_t\mid f_s]E[Dt​∣fs​] is finite.

A feasible policy is an order process Q=(Qt)Q=(Q_t)Q=(Qt​) with Qt≥0Q_t\ge0Qt​≥0 and QtQ_tQt​ determined by Ft\mathcal F_tFt​. Its inventory levels are xt=x1+∑j<t(Qj−Dj)x_t=x_1+\sum_{j<t}(Q_j-D_j)xt​=x1​+∑j<t​(Qj​−Dj​) before ordering and yt=xt+Qty_t=x_t+Q_tyt​=xt​+Qt​ after ordering, and its cost is

C(Q)=∑t=1T(K 1(Qt>0)+ht(yt−Dt)++pt(Dt−yt)+).\mathcal C(Q)=\sum_{t=1}^T\Bigl(K\,\mathbb 1(Q_t>0)+h_t(y_t-D_t)^++p_t(D_t-y_t)^+\Bigr).C(Q)=t=1∑T​(K1(Qt​>0)+ht​(yt​−Dt​)++pt​(Dt​−yt​)+).

The triple-balancing policy TB uses two rules. Let s∗s^*s∗ be the last period before sss in which TB ordered (s∗=0s^*=0s∗=0 if none). Rule 1: TB orders in period sss if and only if, without an order in sss, the accumulated backlogging cost over (s∗,s](s^*,s](s∗,s] would exceed KKK. Rule 2: when it orders in s<Ts<Ts<T, it orders

qsB=max⁡{q≥0: E[HsB(q)∣fs]≤K},HsB(q)=∑j=sThj(q−(D[s,j]−xs)+)+,q_s^B=\max\{q\ge0:\ E[H_s^B(q)\mid f_s]\le K\},\qquad H_s^B(q)=\sum_{j=s}^T h_j\bigl(q-(D_{[s,j]}-x_s)^+\bigr)^+,qsB​=max{q≥0: E[HsB​(q)∣fs​]≤K},HsB​(q)=j=s∑T​hj​(q−(D[s,j]​−xs​)+)+,

the largest quantity whose expected marginal holding cost over [s,T][s,T][s,T] is at most KKK. When it orders in period TTT, it orders exactly enough to clear the backorders and meet DTD_TDT​. Let NNN be the number of orders TB places.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.1

For every instance, the triple-balancing policy TB and every feasible policy PPP satisfy

E[C(TB)]≤3 E[C(P)].E[\mathcal C(TB)]\le 3\,E[\mathcal C(P)].E[C(TB)]≤3E[C(P)].

The constant 3 is the paper's. The statement leaves the demand law, the information structure and the cost data unrestricted beyond the standing assumptions above.

Milestones

  1. §6.1, Rule 2 observation. In a period where TB orders, Ds≤ysTBD_s\le y_s^{TB}Ds​≤ysTB​: no backorders remain at the end of the period.
  2. Lemma 6.1. K⋅E[N]≤E[C(P)]K\cdot E[N]\le E[\mathcal C(P)]K⋅E[N]≤E[C(P)] for every feasible PPP.
  3. Lemma 6.2. E[C(TB)]≤E[C(P)]+2K⋅E[N]E[\mathcal C(TB)]\le E[\mathcal C(P)]+2K\cdot E[N]E[C(TB)]≤E[C(P)]+2K⋅E[N] for every feasible PPP.

Two non-milestone theorems show that the setting is not empty. A conditional demand law exists whenever demands are integrable, and a triple-balancing policy exists when hT>0h_T>0hT​>0.

Significance

The theorem gives a policy that can be computed online and comes with a worst-case expected-cost guarantee that does not depend on the demand distribution, the horizon or the cost data. In this setting the optimal policy is not computable in general, and the previously used heuristics have no such bound. The two lemmas separate a lower bound on every policy, in terms of TB's own number of orders, from an upper bound on TB's cost. The authors' subsequent work extends the balancing template to capacitated and multi-echelon models (§7 of the paper).

The result is proved in the paper. As far as we know, no machine-checked version exists of this theorem, of the balancing argument, or of a stochastic inventory model with correlated demand and evolving information. A formalization would check the argument, which is terse in places: the printed proof of Lemma 6.2 indexes its final sum loosely and must handle the event N=0N=0N=0. It would also produce reusable infrastructure for policies adapted to a filtration, for regular conditional distributions of future demand, and for cost accounting over random intervals between orders.

Difficulty

The costs of TB and of an arbitrary policy cannot be compared period by period, because the two policies order at different, random times that depend on the evolving information. Any comparison has to be made over intervals whose endpoints are stopping times determined by TB, conditioned on the information at their start. At such a time the other policy may hold more or less stock than TB, and the bound must hold in both cases. Bounding each policy's cost on its own does not work: the guarantee rests on a coupling between when TB orders and what every other policy must pay over the same random stretch of time. The formal side adds a second difficulty. Rule 2 is defined through a conditional expectation viewed as a function of the order quantity, so it needs a regular conditional distribution and a measurable selection of the maximizer.

Formalization scope

  • Periods are natural numbers 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T, demands and orders are real-valued, and data at indices outside 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T are unused.
  • Information is a MeasureTheory.Filtration ℕ. A policy is feasible when it is nonnegative and adapted, and "DtD_tDt​ known at the start of period ttt" means DtD_tDt​ is Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable.
  • The conditional distributions IsI_sIs​ are model data: Markov kernels to demand paths that are Fs\mathcal F_sFs​-measurable regular conditional distributions of the demand path. At every outcome they make DsD_sDs​ deterministic, demands nonnegative and the conditional means E[Dt∣fs]E[D_t\mid f_s]E[Dt​∣fs​] finite.
  • Expected costs, E[N]E[N]E[N] and the conditional expectation in Rule 2 are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Lemma 6.2 is stated additively, E[C(TB)]≤E[C(P)]+2K E[N]E[\mathcal C(TB)]\le E[\mathcal C(P)]+2K\,E[N]E[C(TB)]≤E[C(P)]+2KE[N], which is the paper's inequality whenever the expectations are finite.
  • The comparison policy is an arbitrary feasible policy, not an optimal one. The paper's proofs use only feasibility, and this form implies the paper's whenever an optimum exists, without any existence hypothesis.
  • TB is the predicate "feasible and satisfies Rules 1 and 2 at every period and outcome". The rules determine the policy uniquely. Rule 1 uses a strict "exceeds KKK", and the period-TTT order is DT−xTD_T-x_TDT​−xT​.

Several trivializing formalizations are ruled out. Junk conditional expectations cannot make Rule 2 hold for every qqq, because it uses kernel integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Infinite expected costs cannot be read as 000. The policy class is not empty, because a separate theorem gives existence under hT>0h_T>0hT​>0 (without some positive holding cost on [s,T][s,T][s,T] the maximum in Rule 2 does not exist).

Contributions welcome: proofs of the existence theorems (measurable selection of qsBq_s^BqsB​, versions of regular conditional distributions), the stopping-time decomposition of the cost over TB's order intervals, and Lemmas 6.1 and 6.2.

Selected references

  • R. Levi, M. Pál, R. O. Roundy, D. B. Shmoys, Approximation Algorithms for Stochastic Inventory Control Models, Mathematics of Operations Research 32(2):284–302, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1060.0205
  • H. Scarf, The Optimality of (S, s) Policies in the Dynamic Inventory Problem, in Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, Stanford University Press, 1960.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Open Queueing Networks in Heavy Traffic: Reflected Brownian Motion Limit for the Queue Length ProcessResearch Paper

Motivation

Open networks of single-server queues with general interarrival and service distributions are the standard model of job shops, communication networks and service systems. Outside the product-form (Jackson) case their queue-length distributions are not known in closed form. When every station is close to saturation, a heavy-traffic limit replaces the network by a diffusion process. Martin I. Reiman's paper Open Queueing Networks in Heavy Traffic (Mathematics of Operations Research 9(3), 1984) proves such a limit for the vector of queue lengths of a general open network. The limit is a reflected Brownian motion on the nonnegative orthant. That process has since become the default diffusion approximation for open networks, and it is the starting point of later work on its stationary distribution and on control of networks in heavy traffic.

Timeline:

  • Iglehart and Whitt (1970a,b) proved heavy-traffic limits for a single multiple-server station and for acyclic networks, in which no customer visits a station twice.
  • Harrison (1973, 1978) treated tandem queues; the 1978 paper introduced reflected Brownian motion on the nonnegative orthant as the diffusion limit.
  • Harrison and Reiman (1981a, Ann. Probab. 9:302–308) constructed reflected Brownian motion on the orthant through a continuous reflection mapping. That paper is the source of Lemma 1 here.

(These attributions follow Reiman's own account, pp. 441–442 of the 1984 paper.)

  • Reiman (1984) proved the limit for general open networks with Markovian routing (Theorem 1). The paper also proves a limit for sojourn times along fixed routes (Theorem 2).

Setting

There are KKK single-server stations and a nonempty set J⊆{1,…,K}\mathcal J\subseteq\{1,\dots,K\}J⊆{1,…,K} of stations that receive customers from outside. The primitives are mutually independent sequences of IID random variables: interarrival times uki>0u_k^i>0uki​>0 (k∈Jk\in\mathcal Jk∈J), service times vki>0v_k^i>0vki​>0, and routing indicators ϕki∈{0,1,…,K}\phi_k^i\in\{0,1,\dots,K\}ϕki​∈{0,1,…,K}. When the iiith customer served at station kkk finishes, it moves to station ϕki\phi_k^iϕki​, or leaves if ϕki=0\phi_k^i=0ϕki​=0. The parameters are the service rates μk=(Evk1)−1\mu_k=(E v_k^1)^{-1}μk​=(Evk1​)−1, the service-time variances sk=var⁡vk1s_k=\operatorname{var} v_k^1sk​=varvk1​, the arrival rates λk=(Euk1)−1\lambda_k=(E u_k^1)^{-1}λk​=(Euk1​)−1 (with λk=0\lambda_k=0λk​=0 for k∉Jk\notin\mathcal Jk∈/J), and the interarrival variances ak=var⁡uk1a_k=\operatorname{var} u_k^1ak​=varuk1​. The routing matrix P=(pkj)P=(p_{kj})P=(pkj​), pkj=P{ϕk1=j}p_{kj}=P\{\phi_k^1=j\}pkj​=P{ϕk1​=j}, has spectral radius strictly less than one, so every customer eventually leaves.

Let Ak(t)A_k(t)Ak​(t) be the number of exogenous arrivals to station kkk by time ttt, and Sk(t)S_k(t)Sk​(t) the number of service completions at kkk in ttt units of busy time. Let S^k(t)=∑i≤Sk(t)eϕki−Sk(t)ek\hat S_k(t)=\sum_{i\le S_k(t)}e_{\phi_k^i}-S_k(t)e_kS^k​(t)=∑i≤Sk​(t)​eϕki​​−Sk​(t)ek​, with e0=0e_0=0e0​=0. The queue length Q(t)∈Z+KQ(t)\in\mathbb Z_+^KQ(t)∈Z+K​ and the busy time B(t)B(t)B(t) are the unique solution of

Q(t)=A(t)+∑k=1KS^k(Bk(t)),Bk(t)=∫0t1{Qk(s)>0} ds,B(0)=0.Q(t)=A(t)+\sum_{k=1}^K\hat S_k(B_k(t)),\qquad B_k(t)=\int_0^t1_{\{Q_k(s)>0\}}\,ds,\qquad B(0)=0 .Q(t)=A(t)+k=1∑K​S^k​(Bk​(t)),Bk​(t)=∫0t​1{Qk​(s)>0}​ds,B(0)=0.

A sequence of such networks, indexed by nnn, shares KKK, J\mathcal JJ and PPP. Its parameters μ(n),s(n),λ(n),a(n)\mu(n),s(n),\lambda(n),a(n)μ(n),s(n),λ(n),a(n) converge to finite limits μ,s,λ,a\mu,s,\lambda,aμ,s,λ,a. With ν(n)=λ(n)+μ(n)P\nu(n)=\lambda(n)+\mu(n)Pν(n)=λ(n)+μ(n)P, the heavy-traffic condition is

ck(n)=n (νk(n)−μk(n))→ck.c_k(n)=\sqrt n\,(\nu_k(n)-\mu_k(n))\to c_k .ck​(n)=n​(νk​(n)−μk​(n))→ck​.

Moments of order 2+ϵ2+\epsilon2+ϵ of the interarrival and service times are bounded uniformly in nnn. The scaled queue length is Zn(t)=n−1/2Qn(nt)Z^n(t)=n^{-1/2}Q^n(nt)Zn(t)=n−1/2Qn(nt), 0≤t≤10\le t\le10≤t≤1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Let ξ\xiξ be a Brownian motion with drift ccc and covariance matrix A\mathcal AA, where

Aii=λi3ai+μi3si(1−2pii)+∑jμjpji(1−pji+pjiμj2sj),\mathcal A_{ii}=\lambda_i^3a_i+\mu_i^3s_i(1-2p_{ii})+\sum_j\mu_jp_{ji}(1-p_{ji}+p_{ji}\mu_j^2s_j),Aii​=λi3​ai​+μi3​si​(1−2pii​)+j∑​μj​pji​(1−pji​+pji​μj2​sj​), Aij=−[μi3sipij+μj3sjpji+∑kμkpkipkj(1−μk2sk)](i≠j).\mathcal A_{ij}=-\Big[\mu_i^3s_ip_{ij}+\mu_j^3s_jp_{ji}+\sum_k\mu_kp_{ki}p_{kj}(1-\mu_k^2s_k)\Big]\quad(i\ne j).Aij​=−[μi3​si​pij​+μj3​sj​pji​+k∑​μk​pki​pkj​(1−μk2​sk​)](i=j).

Let Z=ϕ(ξ)Z=\phi(\xi)Z=ϕ(ξ) be its reflection with reflection matrix I−PI-PI−P. Then

Zn⇒Zin D[0,1] (Skorohod topology).Z^n\Rightarrow Z\quad\text{in } D[0,1]\text{ (Skorohod topology)}.Zn⇒Zin D[0,1] (Skorohod topology).

The goal fixes no constants beyond the parameters' limits. It is stated for every network sequence satisfying (20)–(26).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof, in order:

  • the existence and uniqueness claim for (1)–(3);
  • the representation Q=X~+Y(I−P)Q=\tilde X+Y(I-P)Q=X~+Y(I−P) (Eq. (13));
  • the least-element map fff (Proposition 1);
  • the reflection mapping ϕ\phiϕ (Lemma 1) and f=ϕf=\phif=ϕ on continuous paths (Proposition 2);
  • the netput limit ζn⇒ζ\zeta^n\Rightarrow\zetaζn⇒ζ (Proposition 3);
  • stochastic boundedness of ZnZ^nZn (Lemma 6);
  • vanishing scaled idleness n−1Ikn(n)→0n^{-1}I^n_k(n)\to0n−1Ikn​(n)→0 (Proposition 4);
  • the centred limit ζ~n⇒ζ\tilde\zeta^n\Rightarrow\zetaζ~​n⇒ζ (Proposition 5).

Significance

Theorem 1 justifies the diffusion approximation of a heavily loaded open network. Writing Qn(t)≈n Z(t/n)Q^n(t)\approx\sqrt n\,Z(t/n)Qn(t)≈n​Z(t/n) reduces questions about the network to questions about one reflected Brownian motion, whose data are explicit functions of the first two moments of the primitives and of the routing matrix. The same limit, with Lemma 2, gives the paper's Theorem 2 on sojourn times. It is the model case for the multiclass heavy-traffic theory that followed.

The result has been proved since 1984. No machine-checked version exists. The mission's contributions would be:

  • a formal statement of the network, of its Harrison representation, and of weak convergence in DDD;
  • a formal proof of the reflection-mapping facts (Proposition 1, Lemma 1, Proposition 2), which are deterministic and reusable;
  • eventually, a formal proof of the full limit theorem.

Difficulty

The obvious route applies a functional central limit theorem to QnQ^nQn directly. That fails because QnQ^nQn is not a sum of independent terms: each station serves only while its queue is nonempty, so the service process is evaluated at the random busy time Bk(t)B_k(t)Bk​(t), which depends on the whole network. The proof therefore has to separate the netput process, which obeys a central limit theorem, from the regulator YYY. It then has to show that the random time change Bkn(nt)/nB^n_k(nt)/nBkn​(nt)/n converges to the identity, i.e. that idleness vanishes on the diffusion scale. Weak convergence must also be transported through a reflection map that is defined on all of DDD but is known to be continuous only at continuous paths.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses the following conventions:

  • Stations are Fin K, vectors are row vectors Fin K → ℝ, and a row vector times a matrix is Matrix.vecMul.
  • A routing indicator lives in Fin (K+1), with 0 meaning "leaves" and j.succ meaning station jjj.
  • The primitives are mutually independent (iIndep of their σ-algebras), IID within each sequence, everywhere positive and square integrable.
  • "Spectral radius <1<1<1" is stated as Pm→0P^m\to0Pm→0.
  • (Qn,Bn)(Q^n,B^n)(Qn,Bn) is any pair solving (1)–(3) almost surely, with measurable paths so that (2) is a Lebesgue integral.
  • The networks are indexed by ℕ; (25)–(26) are imposed for n≥1n\ge1n≥1, (22) and (26) over k∈Jk\in\mathcal Jk∈J, and J\mathcal JJ is the same for all nnn.
  • Brownian motion with drift ccc and covariance A\mathcal AA lives on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). It is defined by continuity, ξ(0)=0\xi(0)=0ξ(0)=0, independent increments, and the Gaussian characteristic function of increments.
  • ZZZ is the reflection of ξ\xiξ in the sense of (14)–(17).
  • Weak convergence in DDD is stated in Skorohod-representation form: a coupling with almost-sure J1_11​ convergence on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. This form accommodates a separate probability space for each nnn.

Added hypotheses, each implicit on the page:

  1. The existence item assumes Uk(l),Vk(l)→∞U_k(l),V_k(l)\to\inftyUk​(l),Vk​(l)→∞ at the sample point; without it the maxima defining Ak(t)A_k(t)Ak​(t) and Sk(t)S_k(t)Sk​(t) need not exist.
  2. Solutions of (1)–(3) have measurable paths.

No positivity hypothesis on the limits μk\mu_kμk​ is added: (25) and (26) bound the means of the service and interarrival times, so the limits are positive.

The statement is not to be weakened. Ruled out are:

  • convergence of finite-dimensional distributions only;
  • a single network without the index nnn;
  • uniform convergence used in place of the Skorohod topology without the coupling;
  • a Brownian motion that is not required to have independent Gaussian increments.

Each of these is a different theorem.

Useful contributions, all reusable beyond this mission:

  • the deterministic reflection-map results;
  • Donsker-type theorems for renewal counting processes in DDD;
  • the random time-change lemma (Billingsley);
  • the continuous mapping theorem in coupling form.

Selected references

  • M. I. Reiman, Open Queueing Networks in Heavy Traffic, Mathematics of Operations Research 9(3):441–458, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.9.3.441
  • J. M. Harrison and M. I. Reiman, Reflected Brownian Motion on an Orthant, Annals of Probability 9:302–308, 1981 (cited in Reiman 1984 as [6]).
  • J. M. Harrison, The Diffusion Approximation for Tandem Queues in Heavy Traffic, Advances in Applied Probability 10:886–905, 1978 (Reiman 1984, [5]).
  • J. M. Harrison, The Heavy Traffic Approximation for Single Server Queues in Series, Journal of Applied Probability 10:613–629, 1973 (Reiman 1984, [4]).
  • D. L. Iglehart and W. Whitt, Multiple Channel Queues in Heavy Traffic, I and II: Sequences, Networks, and Batches, Advances in Applied Probability 2:150–177 and 355–364, 1970 (Reiman 1984, [8], [9]).
  • P. Billingsley, Convergence of Probability Measures, Wiley, New York, 1968 (Reiman 1984, [1]).
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Control TheoryMechanism DesignOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Electricity Demand Response Contracting with Responsiveness Incentives 2: The Producer's First-Best Value in Closed FormResearch Paper

Motivation

Electricity demand response asks consumers to lower their consumption during price events, when generation is expensive or scarce. Field trials such as the Low Carbon London experiment showed that consumers do react to price signals, but that the reaction is erratic: the average consumption falls while its variability stays high, and a producer that has to follow the load curve in real time pays for that variability. Aïd, Possamaï and Touzi (arXiv:1810.09063; Math. Oper. Res. 2022, doi:10.1287/moor.2021.1201) model this as a continuous-time principal–agent problem in which the consumer (the agent) controls both the level and the volatility of consumption, and the producer (the principal) designs a payment that rewards both.

The paper compares two benchmarks. In the second best, the producer observes only the consumption path and the consumer responds optimally to the contract; this is the subject of the companion mission of this series. In the first best, the producer dictates both the contract and the consumer's effort, subject only to the consumer's participation. The first best is the reference point against which the cost of moral hazard, the information rent, is measured. This mission formalizes the first-best value in closed form, Proposition 3.1 (i) of the paper.

The methodology follows the continuous-time principal–agent literature: Holmström and Milgrom (1987) for exponential utilities and linear contracts, Sannikov (2008) for the dynamic-programming view of the agent's continuation value, and Cvitanić, Possamaï and Touzi (2018) for contracts indexed on both the output and its quadratic variation.

Setting

Fix integers N,d≥0N,d\ge0N,d≥0 (usages for the mean effort and for the volatility effort), cost parameters μ∈(0,∞)N\mu\in(0,\infty)^Nμ∈(0,∞)N, λ∈(0,∞)d\lambda\in(0,\infty)^dλ∈(0,∞)d, nominal volatilities σ∈(0,∞)d\sigma\in(0,\infty)^dσ∈(0,∞)d, effort bounds Amax⁡>0A_{\max}>0Amax​>0 and 0<ε≤10<\varepsilon\le10<ε≤1, risk aversions r,p>0r,p>0r,p>0, a marginal volatility cost h>0h>0h>0, slopes κ,θ∈R\kappa,\theta\in\mathbb Rκ,θ∈R, a horizon T>0T>0T>0, an initial consumption X0∈RX_0\in\mathbb RX0​∈R and a reservation utility R0<0R_0<0R0​<0.

The consumer chooses a mean effort α\alphaα with values in A=∏i[0,μiAmax⁡]A=\prod_i[0,\mu_iA_{\max}]A=∏i​[0,μi​Amax​] and a responsiveness effort β\betaβ with values in B=[ε,1]dB=[\varepsilon,1]^dB=[ε,1]d, at cost

c(α,β)=c1(α)+12c2(β),c1(a)=12∑iai2μi,c2(b)=∑jσj2λj(bj−1−1).c(\alpha,\beta)=c_1(\alpha)+\tfrac12c_2(\beta),\qquad c_1(a)=\tfrac12\sum_i\frac{a_i^2}{\mu_i},\qquad c_2(b)=\sum_j\frac{\sigma_j^2}{\lambda_j}\big(b_j^{-1}-1\big).c(α,β)=c1​(α)+21​c2​(β),c1​(a)=21​i∑​μi​ai2​​,c2​(b)=j∑​λj​σj2​​(bj−1​−1).

The consumption XXX follows Xt=X0−∫0tαs⋅1 ds+∫0tσ(βs)⋅dWsX_t=X_0-\int_0^t\alpha_s\cdot\mathbf 1\,ds+\int_0^t\sigma(\beta_s)\cdot dW_sXt​=X0​−∫0t​αs​⋅1ds+∫0t​σ(βs​)⋅dWs​ with σ(b)=(σ1b1,…,σdbd)\sigma(b)=(\sigma_1\sqrt{b_1},\dots,\sigma_d\sqrt{b_d})σ(b)=(σ1​b1​​,…,σd​bd​​), in the weak sense: XXX is the canonical process on C([0,T],R)C([0,T],\mathbb R)C([0,T],R), and an admissible pair (ν,P)(\nu,\mathbb P)(ν,P) is a progressively measurable control ν=(α,β)\nu=(\alpha,\beta)ν=(α,β) with a probability measure under which XXX starts at X0X_0X0​ and solves the associated martingale problem.

The consumer values consumption by f(x)=κxf(x)=\kappa xf(x)=κx and the producer bears the generation cost g(x)=θxg(x)=\theta xg(x)=θx; write δ=κ−θ\delta=\kappa-\thetaδ=κ−θ. For a payment ξ\xiξ made at time TTT, the consumer's and the producer's criteria are

JA=EP[−e−r(ξ+∫0T(κXs−c(νs))ds)],JP=EP[−e−p(−ξ−∫0TθXsds−h2⟨X⟩T)].J_A=\mathbb E^{\mathbb P}\Big[-e^{-r\left(\xi+\int_0^T(\kappa X_s-c(\nu_s))ds\right)}\Big],\qquad J_P=\mathbb E^{\mathbb P}\Big[-e^{-p\left(-\xi-\int_0^T\theta X_sds-\frac h2\langle X\rangle_T\right)}\Big].JA​=EP[−e−r(ξ+∫0T​(κXs​−c(νs​))ds)],JP​=EP[−e−p(−ξ−∫0T​θXs​ds−2h​⟨X⟩T​)].

A contract is an FT\mathcal F_TFT​-measurable ξ\xiξ with uniform exponential moments (2.5). The first-best value is

VFB=sup⁡{JP(ξ,ν,P): ξ a contract, (ν,P) admissible, JA(ξ,ν,P)≥R0}.V^{FB}=\sup\big\{J_P(\xi,\nu,\mathbb P):\ \xi\text{ a contract},\ (\nu,\mathbb P)\text{ admissible},\ J_A(\xi,\nu,\mathbb P)\ge R_0\big\}.VFB=sup{JP​(ξ,ν,P): ξ a contract, (ν,P) admissible, JA​(ξ,ν,P)≥R0​}.

The consumer's Hamiltonians are Hm(z)=−inf⁡a∈A{a⋅1 z+c1(a)}H_m(z)=-\inf_{a\in A}\{a\cdot\mathbf 1\,z+c_1(a)\}Hm​(z)=−infa∈A​{a⋅1z+c1​(a)} and Hv(γ)=−12inf⁡b∈B{c2(b)−γ∣σ(b)∣2}H_v(\gamma)=-\frac12\inf_{b\in B}\{c_2(b)-\gamma|\sigma(b)|^2\}Hv​(γ)=−21​infb∈B​{c2​(b)−γ∣σ(b)∣2}. Finally ρ=rpr+p\rho=\frac{rp}{r+p}ρ=r+prp​, L0=−1rlog⁡(−R0)L_0=-\frac1r\log(-R_0)L0​=−r1​log(−R0​), U(x)=−e−pxU(x)=-e^{-px}U(x)=−e−px, μˉ=∑iμi\bar\mu=\sum_i\mu_iμˉ​=∑i​μi​ and x−=max⁡(0,−x)x^-=\max(0,-x)x−=max(0,−x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.1 (i)

Assume δ−T≤Amax⁡\delta^-T\le A_{\max}δ−T≤Amax​. Then

VFB=U(vˉ(0,X0)−L0),vˉ(0,X0)=δTX0+∫0T(12μˉ(δ−)2(T−t)2+Hv(−h−ρδ2(T−t)2))dt.V^{FB}=U\big(\bar v(0,X_0)-L_0\big),\quad \bar v(0,X_0)=\delta TX_0+\int_0^T\Big(\tfrac12\bar\mu(\delta^-)^2(T-t)^2+H_v\big(-h-\rho\delta^2(T-t)^2\big)\Big)dt.VFB=U(vˉ(0,X0​)−L0​),vˉ(0,X0​)=δTX0​+∫0T​(21​μˉ​(δ−)2(T−t)2+Hv​(−h−ρδ2(T−t)2))dt.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2.1. The best responses a^(z)\hat a(z)a^(z), b^(γ)\hat b(\gamma)b^(γ) attain the infima defining HmH_mHm​, HvH_vHv​, and these Hamiltonians have explicit closed forms.
  2. (A.5). The auxiliary value Vˉ=sup⁡(ν,P)EP[−e−ρ(∫0T(δXt−c(νt))dt−h2⟨X⟩T)]\bar V=\sup_{(\nu,\mathbb P)}\mathbb E^{\mathbb P}\big[-e^{-\rho(\int_0^T(\delta X_t-c(\nu_t))dt-\frac h2\langle X\rangle_T)}\big]Vˉ=sup(ν,P)​EP[−e−ρ(∫0T​(δXt​−c(νt​))dt−2h​⟨X⟩T​)] is finite and negative, and VFB=R0(Vˉ/R0)1+p/rV^{FB}=R_0(\bar V/R_0)^{1+p/r}VFB=R0​(Vˉ/R0​)1+p/r.
  3. Proposition A.3 (i), with the explicit solution of p. 28.
Vˉ=−e−ρ(δTX0+∫0Tmˉ(t)dt),mˉ(t)=Hm(δ(T−t))+Hv(−h−ρδ2(T−t)2).\bar V=-e^{-\rho\left(\delta TX_0+\int_0^T\bar m(t)dt\right)},\qquad \bar m(t)=H_m(\delta(T-t))+H_v\big(-h-\rho\delta^2(T-t)^2\big).Vˉ=−e−ρ(δTX0​+∫0T​mˉ(t)dt),mˉ(t)=Hm​(δ(T−t))+Hv​(−h−ρδ2(T−t)2).

Significance

The closed form shows how the first-best value depends on each parameter: on the energy value discrepancy δ\deltaδ through the mean-effort term, on the volatility cost hhh and the effective risk aversion ρ\rhoρ through the volatility Hamiltonian, and on the reservation utility only through the shift by L0L_0L0​. It is one half of the paper's information rent (Proposition 3.4), the gap between the first- and second-best values, and it is the benchmark against which the calibrated contracts of the paper's Section 4 are judged.

The result is proved in the paper, partly by appeal to standard stochastic control arguments. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. A formal proof requires a verification theorem for an exponential-utility control problem in the weak formulation, and a risk-sharing argument with a pathwise quadratic-variation term in the contract; both are reusable beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The deterministic parts, Proposition 2.1 and the algebra that turns (A.5) and the value of Vˉ\bar VVˉ into the goal, are calculus. The difficulty lies in the two stochastic steps. In (A.5), the producer's optimal payment for a given effort depends on ⟨X⟩T\langle X\rangle_T⟨X⟩T​; it must be realised as a measurable function of the path that is a contract in the sense of (2.5), uniformly over all admissible laws, and the participation constraint must be shown to bind. In Proposition A.3 (i), the upper bound on Vˉ\bar VVˉ must hold for every progressively measurable, path-dependent control, not only for Markov feedback controls; the paper invokes "standard stochastic control theory", which has to be made precise for controls of the volatility under a martingale-problem formulation, where no Brownian motion is given in advance.

Formalization scope

The canonical space is C([0,T],R)C([0,T],\mathbb R)C([0,T],R) with the coordinate σ-algebra and the canonical filtration; processes are indexed by [0,T][0,T][0,T]. Admissible pairs are given by a martingale problem: X0=X0X_0=X_0X0​=X0​ almost surely, and both Xt−X0+∫0tαs⋅1 dsX_t-X_0+\int_0^t\alpha_s\cdot\mathbf 1\,dsXt​−X0​+∫0t​αs​⋅1ds and its square minus ∫0t∣σ(βs)∣2ds\int_0^t|\sigma(\beta_s)|^2ds∫0t​∣σ(βs​)∣2ds are martingales. In the criteria, ⟨X⟩T\langle X\rangle_T⟨X⟩T​ is replaced by its almost-sure value ∫0T∣σ(βs)∣2ds\int_0^T|\sigma(\beta_s)|^2ds∫0T​∣σ(βs​)∣2ds; a contract remains any FT\mathcal F_TFT​-measurable function of the path. Expectations of utilities are negated lower Lebesgue integrals of exponentials in [−∞,0][-\infty,0][−∞,0], and every value is an extended-real supremum with sup⁡∅=−∞\sup\emptyset=-\inftysup∅=−∞. BBB is read as [ε,1]d[\varepsilon,1]^d[ε,1]d, with indices in Fin N and Fin d.

The Hamiltonians are defined by their infima, never by their closed forms, so that Proposition 2.1 is not true by definition, and the first-best value is a supremum over the model's own objects, not a variable pinned by hypotheses. Three hypotheses are added to the page: ε≤1\varepsilon\le1ε≤1 (so B≠∅B\ne\emptysetB=∅), R0<0R_0<0R0​<0 (so L0L_0L0​ is defined), and, for the goal only, δ−T≤Amax⁡\delta^-T\le A_{\max}δ−T≤Amax​, without which the printed 12μˉ(δ−)2(T−t)2\frac12\bar\mu(\delta^-)^2(T-t)^221​μˉ​(δ−)2(T−t)2 exceeds Hm(δ(T−t))H_m(\delta(T-t))Hm​(δ(T−t)) and contradicts the paper's own proof. Misprints corrected and disclosed in the items: the closed form of HmH_mHm​ in Proposition 2.1 is false for z−>Amax⁡z^->A_{\max}z−>Amax​ and is replaced by μˉ(mz−−m2/2)\bar\mu(m z^--m^2/2)μˉ​(mz−−m2/2) with m=z−∧Amax⁡m=z^-\wedge A_{\max}m=z−∧Amax​; the index range of b^\hat bb^ is j=1,…,dj=1,\dots,dj=1,…,d; on p. 28, ∫0tmˉ\int_0^t\bar m∫0t​mˉ is ∫tTmˉ\int_t^T\bar m∫tT​mˉ and "(A.11)" is (A.6).

The parts (ii)–(iii) of Proposition 3.1, the optimal efforts and the optimal contract, are not stated. Contributions welcome: a verification theorem for controlled martingale problems with bounded coefficients, exponential moment bounds uniform over admissible laws, and a pathwise quadratic variation on the canonical space.

Selected references

  • R. Aïd, D. Possamaï, N. Touzi, Optimal electricity demand response contracting with responsiveness incentives, arXiv:1810.09063v3, 2019; Math. Oper. Res. 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.09063
  • J. Cvitanić, D. Possamaï, N. Touzi, Dynamic programming approach to principal–agent problems, Finance Stoch. 22, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1510.07111
  • B. Holmström, P. Milgrom, Aggregation and linearity in the provision of intertemporal incentives, Econometrica 55, 1987. https://doi.org/10.2307/1913238
  • Y. Sannikov, A continuous-time version of the principal–agent problem, Rev. Econ. Stud. 75, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-937X.2007.00463.x
  • I. Karatzas, S. Shreve, Brownian Motion and Stochastic Calculus, Springer, 1991, §5.4 (martingale problems and weak solutions). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0949-2
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Control TheoryMechanism DesignOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Electricity Demand Response Contracting with Responsiveness Incentives 1: The Producer's Second-Best Value in Closed FormResearch Paper

Motivation

Demand response asks electricity consumers to lower or smooth their consumption when generation is expensive, in exchange for payments. Field trials such as Low Carbon London showed two effects of such incentives: consumers reduce their average consumption, and the variability of their response depends on how much effort they put into it. A producer who cannot observe the consumer's individual usages, only the aggregate consumption path, faces a moral hazard problem: the payment can depend only on what is observed.

Aïd, Possamaï and Touzi (arXiv:1810.09063v3, 2019; Math. Oper. Res. 2022) cast this as a continuous-time principal–agent problem in which the consumer controls both the drift and the volatility of his consumption, and the producer pays for reductions in both. The volatility channel is what makes the problem new: the classical Holmström–Milgrom model (Econometrica 1987) controls only the drift. The paper uses the general reduction of Cvitanić, Possamaï and Touzi (Finance Stoch. 2018) to optimal contracts with volatility control, and obtains the producer's value in closed form up to a scalar minimisation. This mission formalizes that closed form.

Setting

Fix integers N,d≥0N,d\ge0N,d≥0, cost parameters μ∈(0,∞)N\mu\in(0,\infty)^Nμ∈(0,∞)N and λ∈(0,∞)d\lambda\in(0,\infty)^dλ∈(0,∞)d, nominal volatilities σ∈(0,∞)d\sigma\in(0,\infty)^dσ∈(0,∞)d, effort bounds Amax⁡>0A_{\max}>0Amax​>0 and ε∈(0,1]\varepsilon\in(0,1]ε∈(0,1], risk aversions r,p>0r,p>0r,p>0, a marginal cost of volatility h>0h>0h>0, marginal energy value κ\kappaκ and cost θ\thetaθ with δ:=κ−θ\delta:=\kappa-\thetaδ:=κ−θ, a horizon T>0T>0T>0, an initial consumption X0X_0X0​ and a reservation utility R0<0R_0<0R0​<0. Write μˉ:=∑iμi\bar\mu:=\sum_i\mu_iμˉ​:=∑i​μi​ and x−:=max⁡(0,−x)x^-:=\max(0,-x)x−:=max(0,−x).

Consumption. XXX is the canonical process on Ω=C([0,T],R)\Omega=C([0,T],\mathbb R)Ω=C([0,T],R) with its natural filtration F\mathbb FF. A control ν=(α,β)\nu=(\alpha,\beta)ν=(α,β) is progressively measurable, with αt∈A:=∏i[0,μiAmax⁡]\alpha_t\in A:=\prod_i[0,\mu_iA_{\max}]αt​∈A:=∏i​[0,μi​Amax​] (effort to reduce consumption) and βt∈B:=[ε,1]d\beta_t\in B:=[\varepsilon,1]^dβt​∈B:=[ε,1]d (effort to reduce volatility). Under ν\nuν the consumption follows, in the weak sense,

Xt=X0−∫0tαs⋅1 ds+∫0tσ(βs)⋅dWs,∣σ(b)∣2=∑jσj2bj.X_t=X_0-\int_0^t\alpha_s\cdot\mathbf 1\,ds+\int_0^t\sigma(\beta_s)\cdot dW_s,\qquad |\sigma(b)|^2=\sum_j\sigma_j^2b_j .Xt​=X0​−∫0t​αs​⋅1ds+∫0t​σ(βs​)⋅dWs​,∣σ(b)∣2=j∑​σj2​bj​.

Effort costs c(ν)=c1(α)+12c2(β)c(\nu)=c_1(\alpha)+\frac12c_2(\beta)c(ν)=c1​(α)+21​c2​(β) per unit time, with c1(a)=12∑iai2/μic_1(a)=\frac12\sum_ia_i^2/\mu_ic1​(a)=21​∑i​ai2​/μi​ and c2(b)=∑jσj2λj(bj−1−1)c_2(b)=\sum_j\frac{\sigma_j^2}{\lambda_j}(b_j^{-1}-1)c2​(b)=∑j​λj​σj2​​(bj−1​−1).

Criteria. For a payment ξ\xiξ at time TTT, the consumer's criterion is JA=E[−e−r(ξ+∫0T(κXs−c(νs))ds)]J_A=\mathbb E[-e^{-r(\xi+\int_0^T(\kappa X_s-c(\nu_s))ds)}]JA​=E[−e−r(ξ+∫0T​(κXs​−c(νs​))ds)] and the producer's is JP=E[U(−ξ−∫0TθXsds−h2⟨X⟩T)]J_P=\mathbb E[U(-\xi-\int_0^T\theta X_sds-\frac h2\langle X\rangle_T)]JP​=E[U(−ξ−∫0T​θXs​ds−2h​⟨X⟩T​)] with U(x)=−e−pxU(x)=-e^{-px}U(x)=−e−px. Contracts C\mathcal CC are the FT\mathcal F_TFT​-measurable ξ\xiξ with exponential moments of order m>1m>1m>1 uniformly over the consumer's responses (2.5). The consumer's value is VA(ξ)=sup⁡JAV_A(\xi)=\sup J_AVA​(ξ)=supJA​, and P⋆(ξ)\mathcal P^\star(\xi)P⋆(ξ) is the set of his optimal responses.

Second best. The producer offers ξ\xiξ, the consumer responds optimally, ties are broken in the producer's favour, and participation requires VA(ξ)≥R0V_A(\xi)\ge R_0VA​(ξ)≥R0​:

VSB:=sup⁡ξ∈C, VA(ξ)≥R0 sup⁡P⋆(ξ)JP(ξ,⋅),sup⁡∅=−∞.V^{SB}:=\sup_{\xi\in\mathcal C,\ V_A(\xi)\ge R_0}\ \sup_{\mathcal P^\star(\xi)}J_P(\xi,\cdot),\qquad\sup\emptyset=-\infty .VSB:=ξ∈C, VA​(ξ)≥R0​sup​ P⋆(ξ)sup​JP​(ξ,⋅),sup∅=−∞.

Hamiltonians. Hm(z)=−inf⁡a∈A{a⋅1 z+c1(a)}H_m(z)=-\inf_{a\in A}\{a\cdot\mathbf 1\,z+c_1(a)\}Hm​(z)=−infa∈A​{a⋅1z+c1​(a)} and Hv(γ)=−12inf⁡b∈B{c2(b)−γ∣σ(b)∣2}H_v(\gamma)=-\frac12\inf_{b\in B}\{c_2(b)-\gamma|\sigma(b)|^2\}Hv​(γ)=−21​infb∈B​{c2​(b)−γ∣σ(b)∣2}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.2 (i)

Assume δ−T≤Amax⁡\delta^-T\le A_{\max}δ−T≤Amax​. With qt(z)=h+rz2+p(z−δ(T−t))2q_t(z)=h+rz^2+p(z-\delta(T-t))^2qt​(z)=h+rz2+p(z−δ(T−t))2, L0=−1rlog⁡(−R0)L_0=-\frac1r\log(-R_0)L0​=−r1​log(−R0​),

mSB(t)=12μˉδ2(T−t)2−12inf⁡z∈R{μˉ(z−+δ(T−t))2−2Hv(−qt(z))},m_{SB}(t)=\frac12\bar\mu\delta^2(T-t)^2-\frac12\inf_{z\in\mathbb R}\Big\{\bar\mu\big(z^-+\delta(T-t)\big)^2-2H_v\big(-q_t(z)\big)\Big\},mSB​(t)=21​μˉ​δ2(T−t)2−21​z∈Rinf​{μˉ​(z−+δ(T−t))2−2Hv​(−qt​(z))}, VSB=U(v(0,X0)−L0),v(0,X0)=δTX0+∫0TmSB(s) ds.V^{SB}=U\big(v(0,X_0)-L_0\big),\qquad v(0,X_0)=\delta TX_0+\int_0^Tm_{SB}(s)\,ds .VSB=U(v(0,X0​)−L0​),v(0,X0​)=δTX0​+∫0T​mSB​(s)ds.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2.1. The consumer's best responses a^i(z)=μi(z−∧Amax⁡)\hat a_i(z)=\mu_i(z^-\wedge A_{\max})a^i​(z)=μi​(z−∧Amax​) and b^j(γ)=(1∧(λjγ−)−1/2)∨ε\hat b_j(\gamma)=(1\wedge(\lambda_j\gamma^-)^{-1/2})\vee\varepsilonb^j​(γ)=(1∧(λj​γ−)−1/2)∨ε attain the infima defining HmH_mHm​ and HvH_vHv​, and
Hm(z)=μˉ(mz−−m22), m=z−∧Amax⁡;Hv(γ)=−12(c^2(γ)−γ∣σ^(γ)∣2).H_m(z)=\bar\mu\big(m z^--\tfrac{m^2}2\big),\ m=z^-\wedge A_{\max};\qquad H_v(\gamma)=-\tfrac12\big(\hat c_2(\gamma)-\gamma|\hat\sigma(\gamma)|^2\big).Hm​(z)=μˉ​(mz−−2m2​), m=z−∧Amax​;Hv​(γ)=−21​(c^2​(γ)−γ∣σ^(γ)∣2).
  1. Lemma A.1. With f0(q,γ)=q∣σ^(γ)∣2+c^2(γ)f_0(q,\gamma)=q|\hat\sigma(\gamma)|^2+\hat c_2(\gamma)f0​(q,γ)=q∣σ^(γ)∣2+c^2​(γ), F0(q):=inf⁡γ≤0f0(q,γ)=f0(q,−q)=−2Hv(−q)F_0(q):=\inf_{\gamma\le0}f_0(q,\gamma)=f_0(q,-q)=-2H_v(-q)F0​(q):=infγ≤0​f0​(q,γ)=f0​(q,−q)=−2Hv​(−q), and F0F_0F0​ is non-decreasing.
  2. Proposition A.4 (ii). A minimiser of z↦F0(h−k+rz2+p(z−y)2)+μˉ(z−+y)2z\mapsto F_0(h-k+rz^2+p(z-y)^2)+\bar\mu(z^-+y)^2z↦F0​(h−k+rz2+p(z−y)2)+μˉ​(z−+y)2 is pr+py\frac p{r+p}yr+pp​y when y≥0y\ge0y≥0, and lies in [y,pr+py][y,\frac p{r+p}y][y,r+pp​y] when y≤0y\le0y≤0.

A companion statement, Corollary 3.1 (i), gives the explicit off-peak payment rates zSB(t)=pr+pδ(T−t)z_{SB}(t)=\frac p{r+p}\delta(T-t)zSB​(t)=r+pp​δ(T−t) and γSB(t)=−h−rpr+pδ2(T−t)2\gamma_{SB}(t)=-h-\frac{rp}{r+p}\delta^2(T-t)^2γSB​(t)=−h−r+prp​δ2(T−t)2 when δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0.

Significance

The closed form reduces an infinite-dimensional contracting problem, a supremum over all path-dependent payments and all consumer responses, to a deterministic one-dimensional minimisation at each time. It is the basis of the paper's comparisons: with the first-best value it measures the cost of moral hazard, and its minimiser gives the price of energy and of responsiveness that the optimal contract charges, which the paper calibrates on Low Carbon London data.

The result is proved on paper. No part of it is machine-checked. A complete formalization would give a checked instance of a continuous-time principal–agent theorem with volatility control. It would also fix, in exact terms, the conventions the paper leaves implicit (weak solutions, the effort cap), and the printed misprints that this mission corrects.

Difficulty

The deterministic milestones are calculus on boxes. The goal is not. The upper bound VSB≤U(v(0,X0)−L0)V^{SB}\le U(v(0,X_0)-L_0)VSB≤U(v(0,X0​)−L0​) must hold for every FT\mathcal F_TFT​-measurable contract, not only for contracts of a convenient form. The step that fails in a direct attempt is the representation of an arbitrary contract: one needs that every ξ∈C\xi\in\mathcal Cξ∈C inducing an optimal response can be written as YTy0,Z,ΓY_T^{y_0,Z,\Gamma}YTy0​,Z,Γ​, an integral against dXdXdX and d⟨X⟩d\langle X\rangled⟨X⟩ driven by the consumer's continuation certainty equivalent. This is the main theorem of Cvitanić–Possamaï–Touzi (2018) and rests on second-order backward SDEs; it has no counterpart in Mathlib. Restricting the supremum to linear or representable contracts at the outset would assume exactly that theorem. The lower bound needs, for the candidate contract, existence of the consumer's optimal response as a weak solution and a verification argument for the producer's HJB equation.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace DemandResponse.SecondBest, and all hypotheses are fields of a structure Params. Conventions:

  • Weak formulation. An admissible pair (ν,P)(\nu,\mathbb P)(ν,P) is a control and a probability measure on C([0,T],R)C([0,T],\mathbb R)C([0,T],R) with X0=X0X_0=X_0X0​=X0​ a.s., under which Xt−X0+∫0tαs⋅1 dsX_t-X_0+\int_0^t\alpha_s\cdot\mathbf 1\,dsXt​−X0​+∫0t​αs​⋅1ds and its square minus ∫0t∣σ(βs)∣2ds\int_0^t|\sigma(\beta_s)|^2ds∫0t​∣σ(βs​)∣2ds are F\mathbb FF-martingales. This is the martingale problem equivalent to weak solutions of (2.1); the paper deliberately leaves weak solutions informal (footnote 2). The pair, not the law alone, is the admissible object, because the cost depends on ν\nuν.
  • Quadratic variation. ⟨X⟩T\langle X\rangle_T⟨X⟩T​ in JPJ_PJP​ is its almost-sure value ∫0T∣σ(βs)∣2ds\int_0^T|\sigma(\beta_s)|^2ds∫0T​∣σ(βs​)∣2ds.
  • Values. Expected utilities are negated lower Lebesgue integrals, in [−∞,0][-\infty,0][−∞,0]; all suprema are in the extended reals, so the empty supremum is −∞-\infty−∞, as on p. 9.
  • Hamiltonians are defined by their infima, not by the closed forms of Proposition 2.1.
  • Indices are Fin N, Fin d; N=0N=0N=0, d=0d=0d=0 are allowed. b^j(γ)=1\hat b_j(\gamma)=1b^j​(γ)=1 when λjγ−≤1\lambda_j\gamma^-\le1λj​γ−≤1 (the paper's 0−1/2=+∞0^{-1/2}=+\infty0−1/2=+∞).
  • Added hypotheses. ε≤1\varepsilon\le1ε≤1 (B≠∅B\neq\emptysetB=∅), R0<0R_0<0R0​<0 (log⁡(−R0)\log(-R_0)log(−R0​) defined), and for the goal δ−T≤Amax⁡\delta^-T\le A_{\max}δ−T≤Amax​. The paper's closed form is computed with the effort cap removed ("ηA→0\eta_A\to0ηA​→0 as A↗∞A\nearrow\inftyA↗∞", p. 30), and with the capped effort of the model it is correct exactly under this hypothesis.
  • Corrected misprints. −2Hm(−q(z))-2H_m(-q(z))−2Hm​(−q(z)) in mSBm_{SB}mSB​ is read as −2Hv(−q(z))-2H_v(-q(z))−2Hv​(−q(z)); with HmH_mHm​ the infimum is −∞-\infty−∞. The printed Hm(z)=12μˉ(z−∧Amax⁡)2H_m(z)=\frac12\bar\mu(z^-\wedge A_{\max})^2Hm​(z)=21​μˉ​(z−∧Amax​)2 is false for z−>Amax⁡z^->A_{\max}z−>Amax​ and is corrected. "j=1,…,Nj=1,\dots,Nj=1,…,N" for b^\hat bb^ means j=1,…,dj=1,\dots,dj=1,…,d. In Proposition A.4 (ii) the open interval becomes closed, and "for large AAA" is read as ηA≡0\eta_A\equiv0ηA​≡0.

The goal is an equality of extended reals between VSBV^{SB}VSB, defined from the model, and an explicit real number. A formalization that defines VSBV^{SB}VSB over a restricted class of contracts, or with a real-valued supremum that returns 000 on unbounded sets, would trivialize or change it and is not the goal.

Needed infrastructure: continuous-time martingales on the canonical path space (Mathlib has Martingale and progressive measurability), existence of weak solutions with bounded coefficients, a representation theorem for contracts (Cvitanić–Possamaï–Touzi), and a verification theorem for the producer's HJB equation. The weak-formulation layer and the contract representation are reusable for any continuous-time principal–agent model with drift and volatility control. Contributions of any of these pieces, and proofs of the deterministic milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Aïd, D. Possamaï, N. Touzi, Optimal Electricity Demand Response Contracting with Responsiveness Incentives, arXiv:1810.09063v3, 2019; Mathematics of Operations Research 47 (2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.09063v3
  • J. Cvitanić, D. Possamaï, N. Touzi, Dynamic programming approach to principal–agent problems, Finance and Stochastics 22 (2018) 1–37. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00780-017-0344-4
  • B. Holmström, P. Milgrom, Aggregation and Linearity in the Provision of Intertemporal Incentives, Econometrica 55 (1987) 303–328. https://doi.org/10.2307/1913238
  • Y. Sannikov, A Continuous-Time Version of the Principal–Agent Problem, Review of Economic Studies 75 (2008) 957–984. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-937X.2008.00486.x
  • I. Karatzas, S. Shreve, Brownian Motion and Stochastic Calculus, 2nd ed., Springer 1991, §5.4 (martingale problem and weak solutions). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0949-2
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory I: Foster's Criterion for Positive RecurrenceTextbook

Motivation

Almost every model in queueing theory is analysed through a Markov chain. The number of customers in an M/M/c queue is a continuous-time birth–death chain; the number left behind by departing customers of an M/G/1 queue is a discrete-parameter chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} (the imbedded Markov chain); networks of queues are chains on vectors of queue lengths. Before any steady-state formula (Erlang's formulas, the Pollaczek–Khintchine formula, product forms) can be used, one has to know that the chain has a steady state at all: that it is positive recurrent, so that a stationary distribution exists and equals the limiting distribution.

Chapter 1 of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651), collects the two ingredients the rest of the book stands on: the Poisson process with its exponential interarrival times (§§1.7–1.8), and the classification theory of discrete-parameter Markov chains (§1.9), ending with Foster's criterion (Theorem 1.2), a sufficient condition for positive recurrence in terms of a drift inequality. The criterion goes back to F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Ann. Math. Statist. 24 (1953) (DOI 10.1214/aoms/1177728976), and is the ancestor of the Foster–Lyapunov method used for stability of queueing networks and stochastic systems.

This mission is the first of a series formalizing the book chapter by chapter.

Setting

A homogeneous discrete-parameter Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} is given by a transition matrix P={pij}P=\{p_{ij}\}P={pij​} with pij≥0p_{ij}\ge0pij​≥0 and ∑jpij=1\sum_j p_{ij}=1∑j​pij​=1 for every iii. The mmm-step transition probabilities pij(m)p_{ij}^{(m)}pij(m)​ are the entries of PmP^mPm.

The first-passage probability fij(n)f_{ij}^{(n)}fij(n)​ is the probability that the chain started in iii enters jjj for the first time at step n≥1n\ge1n≥1; for i=ji=ji=j it is the probability of first return at step nnn. The return probability is fjj=∑n≥1fjj(n)f_{jj}=\sum_{n\ge1}f_{jj}^{(n)}fjj​=∑n≥1​fjj(n)​ and the mean recurrence time is mjj=∑n≥1nfjj(n)∈[0,∞]m_{jj}=\sum_{n\ge1}n f_{jj}^{(n)}\in[0,\infty]mjj​=∑n≥1​nfjj(n)​∈[0,∞]. A state is positive recurrent if fjj=1f_{jj}=1fjj​=1 and mjj<∞m_{jj}<\inftymjj​<∞; the chain is positive recurrent if every state is.

The chain is irreducible if for every pair of states (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) some pij(n)p_{ij}^{(n)}pij(n)​ is positive, and aperiodic if for every state kkk the greatest common divisor of {n≥1:pkk(n)>0}\{n\ge1:p_{kk}^{(n)}>0\}{n≥1:pkk(n)​>0} is 111. A stationary distribution is a probability vector π\piπ with π=πP\pi=\pi Pπ=πP, i.e. πj=∑iπipij\pi_j=\sum_i\pi_i p_{ij}πj​=∑i​πi​pij​ for every jjj.

For the Poisson part, T0,T1,…T_0,T_1,\dotsT0​,T1​,… are independent interarrival times, each exponentially distributed with rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0; the arrival epochs are Sn=T0+⋯+Tn−1S_n=T_0+\dots+T_{n-1}Sn​=T0​+⋯+Tn−1​, and N(t)=#{n≥1:Sn≤t}N(t)=\#\{n\ge1:S_n\le t\}N(t)=#{n≥1:Sn​≤t} counts the arrivals in [0,t][0,t][0,t].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.2 (Foster's criterion)

An irreducible, aperiodic chain is positive recurrent if there exist xj≥0x_j\ge0xj​≥0 with

∑j=0∞pijxj≤xi−1(i≠0),∑j=0∞p0jxj<∞.\sum_{j=0}^\infty p_{ij}x_j\le x_i-1\quad(i\ne0),\qquad\sum_{j=0}^\infty p_{0j}x_j<\infty .j=0∑∞​pij​xj​≤xi​−1(i=0),j=0∑∞​p0j​xj​<∞.

Milestones: the Markov chain theorems

  • Theorem 1.1(a). In an irreducible, positive recurrent chain, πj=1/mjj\pi_j=1/m_{jj}πj​=1/mjj​ is a stationary distribution, and it is the only one.
  • Theorem 1.1(c). If moreover the chain is aperiodic and all moments of π\piπ are finite, then lim⁡m→∞pij(m)=πj\lim_{m\to\infty}p_{ij}^{(m)}=\pi_jlimm→∞​pij(m)​=πj​ for all i,ji,ji,j.

Milestones: the Poisson process and the exponential distribution

  • Eqs. (1.11)–(1.14). The unique solution of p0′=−λp0p_0'=-\lambda p_0p0′​=−λp0​, pn′=−λpn+λpn−1p_n'=-\lambda p_n+\lambda p_{n-1}pn′​=−λpn​+λpn−1​ with p0(0)=1p_0(0)=1p0​(0)=1, pn(0)=0p_n(0)=0pn​(0)=0 is pn(t)=(λt)ne−λt/n!p_n(t)=(\lambda t)^n e^{-\lambda t}/n!pn​(t)=(λt)ne−λt/n!.
  • Eq. (1.15). With exponential interarrival times,
Pr⁡{N(t)≤n}=∫t∞λ(λx)nn!e−λxdx=∑i=0n(λt)ie−λti!.\Pr\{N(t)\le n\}=\int_t^\infty\frac{\lambda(\lambda x)^n}{n!}e^{-\lambda x}dx=\sum_{i=0}^n\frac{(\lambda t)^ie^{-\lambda t}}{i!}.Pr{N(t)≤n}=∫t∞​n!λ(λx)n​e−λxdx=i=0∑n​i!(λt)ie−λt​.
  • Eq. (1.16). Given N(L)=kN(L)=kN(L)=k, the arrival epochs have density k!/Lkk!/L^kk!/Lk on {0<t1<⋯<tk<L}\{0<t_1<\dots<t_k<L\}{0<t1​<⋯<tk​<L}.
  • Eq. (1.17) and its converse (p.21). The exponential law satisfies Pr⁡{T≤t1∣T≥t0}=Pr⁡{0≤T≤t1−t0}\Pr\{T\le t_1\mid T\ge t_0\}=\Pr\{0\le T\le t_1-t_0\}Pr{T≤t1​∣T≥t0​}=Pr{0≤T≤t1​−t0​}, and it is the only continuous distribution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) that does.
  • Nonhomogeneous Poisson law (p.22). With a continuous rate λ(t)\lambda(t)λ(t) the forward equations have the unique solution pn(t)=e−m(t)m(t)n/n!p_n(t)=e^{-m(t)}m(t)^n/n!pn​(t)=e−m(t)m(t)n/n!, m(t)=∫0tλ(s) dsm(t)=\int_0^t\lambda(s)\,dsm(t)=∫0t​λ(s)ds.

Significance

Foster's criterion reduces positive recurrence, a statement about return times, to exhibiting one test function xxx with negative drift outside a single state. In the book it is the tool that establishes the existence of steady state for imbedded chains of the M/G/1 and G/M/1 queues (Chapter 5); its generalizations are the standard stability proofs for queueing networks. Theorem 1.1 then supplies what positive recurrence buys: the stationary distribution exists, is unique, equals 1/mjj1/m_{jj}1/mjj​, and is the limit of the transition probabilities. The Poisson results justify the "Markovian" arrivals and services of Chapters 2–4.

All of these results are classical and proved in the literature; the book states Theorems 1.1 and 1.2 without proof. The Prove2Me platform already holds machine-checked versions of related Markov chain theorems in other missions (Levin–Peres–Wilmer's and Durrett's countable-chain convergence theorems), stated with different definitions and hypotheses. What this mission adds is a formal development in the book's own terms — first-passage probabilities fjj(n)f_{jj}^{(n)}fjj(n)​, mean recurrence times mjjm_{jj}mjj​, gcd periodicity — on which the later missions of the series (imbedded chains, birth–death processes) can build, together with a formal proof of Foster's criterion, which is not on the platform.

Difficulty

For Foster's criterion the natural first step, taking expectations of the drift inequality along the chain, only shows that the expected value of xxx decreases while the chain stays away from 000. Turning that into a bound on the expected return time to 000 requires an optional-stopping or telescoping argument over a random time, with the value xxx possibly unbounded, and a separate argument that positive recurrence of state 000 propagates to all states of an irreducible chain. The book's hypotheses include aperiodicity, which the argument does not use.

For Theorem 1.1, identifying the stationary distribution with 1/mjj1/m_{jj}1/mjj​ requires relating the matrix powers PnP^nPn to the first-passage probabilities (a renewal decomposition), and uniqueness over countably many states needs care with infinite sums. For the Poisson results, the difficulty is measure-theoretic: the distribution of the sum of n+1n+1n+1 exponential variables, and conditioning on the event {N(L)=k}\{N(L)=k\}{N(L)=k} for the order-statistics property.

Formalization scope

States are natural numbers; the transition matrix is a real function p:N×N→Rp:\mathbb N\times\mathbb N\to\mathbb Rp:N×N→R with nonnegative entries and rows summing to one (as a convergent series). The return probability and the mean recurrence time are valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so null recurrence (mjj=∞m_{jj}=\inftymjj​=∞) is representable. Irreducibility is the per-pair notion. Stationary equations are stated componentwise with convergent series.

In Foster's criterion the series ∑jpijxj\sum_j p_{ij}x_j∑j​pij​xj​ are required to converge for every iii, which is the book's condition ∑jp0jxj<∞\sum_j p_{0j}x_j<\infty∑j​p0j​xj​<∞ together with the finiteness implicit in the inequalities for i≠0i\ne0i=0; xxx is real-valued and nonnegative. Dropping the convergence requirement would let a divergent row series (whose Lean sum is 000) satisfy the inequality vacuously; allowing xj=∞x_j=\inftyxj​=∞ would make the hypothesis trivially satisfiable. Neither is permitted.

The closed forms stated explicitly are: πj=1/mjj\pi_j=1/m_{jj}πj​=1/mjj​ (Theorem 1.1(a), with both existence and uniqueness), the Poisson probabilities (λt)ne−λt/n!(\lambda t)^ne^{-\lambda t}/n!(λt)ne−λt/n! (1.14), the Erlang tail integral and the Poisson CDF (1.15), the density k!/Lkk!/L^kk!/Lk (1.16), and e−m(t)m(t)n/n!e^{-m(t)}m(t)^n/n!e−m(t)m(t)n/n! for the nonhomogeneous law. Equations (1.14) and the nonhomogeneous law are stated as "solves the equations with the initial conditions if and only if equals the closed form", so both existence and uniqueness are asserted.

The Poisson results use random variables on a probability space, with Mathlib's expMeasure for the exponential law and cond for conditional probability. The derivation of the forward equations from the o(Δt)o(\Delta t)o(Δt) axioms of §1.7 is not formalized; the Poisson law is reached from the equations and, separately, from exponential interarrival times.

Not formalized: Theorem 1.1(b) and the word "ergodic" in 1.1(c), which rest on the book's informal notion of ergodicity; Theorem 1.3, whose phrase "for Theorem 1.1 to be valid" for a continuous-time chain is not pinned down.

The Markov chain definitions are reusable by every later mission that studies an imbedded chain. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and supporting lemmas (Chapman–Kolmogorov, renewal decomposition of pjj(n)p_{jj}^{(n)}pjj(n)​, class properties of recurrence).

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24 (1953), 355–360. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems VII: The (BOR) Assumptions and Positive Recurrence of Optimal PoliciesTextbook

Motivation

Queueing control problems (admission control, routing, service rate selection) are naturally modelled as Markov decision chains with a countably infinite state space and unbounded costs, for instance a holding cost that grows with the queue length. For such models the long-run average cost criterion is often the relevant one, and the central question is whether an optimal stationary policy exists and can be computed from an average cost optimality equation (ACOE). Chapter 7 of Linn I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999, doi:10.1002/9780470317037) develops a verifiable set of conditions, the (SEN) assumptions, under which an average cost optimality inequality (ACOI) holds and yields an optimal stationary policy. The inequality may be strict (Example 7.3.1), and an optimal policy may induce a Markov chain without positive recurrent states.

Sections 7.4 and 7.5 answer two practical questions: when is the ACOI in fact an equation, and how can (SEN) be checked in a concrete model? The answer culminates in the (BOR) assumptions, which require only one well-behaved stationary policy and the finiteness of a set of low-cost states.

According to the book's bibliographic notes (p. 163): the (BOR) assumptions modify a line of development due to Borkar (SIAM J. Control Optim. 22, 1984, and 27, 1989; monograph 1991) and are weaker than his original conditions; the proof that (BOR) implies (SEN) is from Cavazos-Cadena and Sennott (Oper. Res. Letters 11, 1992), and the version of (BOR) used here is from Sennott (Prob. Eng. Inform. Sci. 7, 1993). Proposition 7.5.5 and the (CAV*) assumptions go back to Cavazos-Cadena (Kybernetika 25, 1989); Proposition 7.5.3 and Corollary 7.5.4 to Sennott (Oper. Res. 37, 1989).

Setting

A Markov decision chain consists of a countable state space SSS, finite nonempty action sets AiA_iAi​, nonnegative finite costs C(i,a)C(i,a)C(i,a) and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a). A policy θ\thetaθ may use the whole history and randomize. For α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) the discount value function is Vα(i)=inf⁡θVθ,α(i)V_\alpha(i)=\inf_\theta V_{\theta,\alpha}(i)Vα​(i)=infθ​Vθ,α​(i), the infimum of ∑tαtEθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i]\sum_t\alpha^tE_\theta[C(X_t,A_t)\mid X_0=i]∑t​αtEθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i]; the average cost of θ\thetaθ is Jθ(i)=lim sup⁡n1nEθ[∑t<nC(Xt,At)∣X0=i]J_\theta(i)=\limsup_n\frac1nE_\theta[\sum_{t<n}C(X_t,A_t)\mid X_0=i]Jθ​(i)=limsupn​n1​Eθ​[∑t<n​C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i] and the minimum average cost is J(i)=inf⁡θJθ(i)J(i)=\inf_\theta J_\theta(i)J(i)=infθ​Jθ​(i). All of these lie in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

For a distinguished state zzz the relative value is hα(i)=Vα(i)−Vα(z)h_\alpha(i)=V_\alpha(i)-V_\alpha(z)hα​(i)=Vα​(i)−Vα​(z). The (SEN) assumptions are: (SEN1) (1−α)Vα(z)(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(z)(1−α)Vα​(z) is bounded on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1); (SEN2) hα≤Mh_\alpha\le Mhα​≤M for a finite function M≥0M\ge0M≥0; (SEN3) hα≥−Lh_\alpha\ge-Lhα​≥−L for a finite constant L≥0L\ge0L≥0. Under (SEN), J=lim⁡α→1−(1−α)Vα(i)J=\lim_{\alpha\to1^-}(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(i)J=limα→1−​(1−α)Vα​(i) is a finite constant, and a limit function hhh is a pointwise limit of hβnh_{\beta_n}hβn​​ along some βn→1−\beta_n\to1^-βn​→1−. The ACOI and ACOE read

J+h(i) ≥ (resp. =) min⁡a∈Ai{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a)h(j)},i∈S.J+h(i)\ \ge\ (\text{resp. }=)\ \min_{a\in A_i}\Big\{C(i,a)+\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h(j)\Big\},\qquad i\in S.J+h(i) ≥ (resp. =) a∈Ai​min​{C(i,a)+j∑​Pij​(a)h(j)},i∈S.

For a nonempty set GGG the first passage time is T=min⁡{n≥1:Xn∈G}T=\min\{n\ge1:X_n\in G\}T=min{n≥1:Xn​∈G}. The class ℜ(i,G)\Re(i,G)ℜ(i,G) consists of the policies that, from iii, enter GGG with probability one in finite expected time miG(θ)m_{iG}(\theta)miG​(θ); ℜ∗(i,G)\Re^*(i,G)ℜ∗(i,G) adds a finite expected first passage cost ciG(θ)=Eθ[∑t<TC(Xt,At)]c_{iG}(\theta)=E_\theta[\sum_{t<T}C(X_t,A_t)]ciG​(θ)=Eθ​[∑t<T​C(Xt​,At​)]. A (randomized) stationary policy ddd is zzz standard if the Markov chain it induces has miz<∞m_{iz}<\inftymiz​<∞ and ciz<∞c_{iz}<\inftyciz​<∞ for every iii; it then has a single positive recurrent class Rd∋zR_d\ni zRd​∋z and a finite constant average cost JdJ_dJd​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.5.6

Assume (BOR): (BOR1) a zzz standard policy ddd exists; (BOR2) for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 the set D={i:C(i,a)≤Jd+ε for some a}D=\{i: C(i,a)\le J_d+\varepsilon\text{ for some }a\}D={i:C(i,a)≤Jd​+ε for some a} is finite; (BOR3) every i∈D−Rdi\in D-R_di∈D−Rd​ can be reached from zzz by some θi∈ℜ∗(z,i)\theta_i\in\Re^*(z,i)θi​∈ℜ∗(z,i). Then (SEN) holds and every limit function satisfies the ACOE; every average cost optimal stationary policy eee has a positive recurrent state in

D(e)={i:C(i,e)≤J+ε},D(e)=\{i: C(i,e)\le J+\varepsilon\},D(e)={i:C(i,e)≤J+ε},

at most ∣D(e)∣|D(e)|∣D(e)∣ positive recurrent classes and no null recurrent class; and a policy realizing the minimum in the ACOE satisfies e∈ℜ∗(i,D(e)∩R(e))e\in\Re^*(i,D(e)\cap R(e))e∈ℜ∗(i,D(e)∩R(e)) for every iii.

Milestones

  • Lemma 7.4.1: hα(i)≤ciz(θi)h_\alpha(i)\le c_{iz}(\theta_i)hα​(i)≤ciz​(θi​) for θi∈ℜ∗(i,z)\theta_i\in\Re^*(i,z)θi​∈ℜ∗(i,z), hence (SEN2).
  • Lemma 7.4.2: h(i)≤ciG(θ)−JmiG(θ)+Eθ[h(XT)]h(i)\le c_{iG}(\theta)-Jm_{iG}(\theta)+E_\theta[h(X_T)]h(i)≤ciG​(θ)−JmiG​(θ)+Eθ​[h(XT​)] for θ∈ℜ(i,G)\theta\in\Re(i,G)θ∈ℜ(i,G) under an integrability condition.
  • Theorem 7.4.3: four sufficient conditions for equality in the ACOI at a state.
  • Lemma 7.5.2: Jd=(1−α)∑i∈Rπi(d)Vd,α(i)J_d=(1-\alpha)\sum_{i\in R}\pi_i(d)V_{d,\alpha}(i)Jd​=(1−α)∑i∈R​πi​(d)Vd,α​(i) for a zzz standard ddd.
  • Proposition 7.5.3: a zzz standard policy gives (SEN1–2).
  • Corollary 7.5.4: on S={0,1,… }S=\{0,1,\dots\}S={0,1,…}, increasing VαV_\alphaVα​ plus a 000 standard policy gives (SEN), with nonnegative increasing limit functions.
  • Proposition 7.5.5: an optimal stationary policy has a positive recurrent state of cost at most J+εJ+\varepsilonJ+ε, reachable from iii, when (7.33) holds.
  • Corollaries 7.5.9 and 7.5.10: the (CAV) and (CAV*) conditions imply (BOR).

Significance

Theorem 7.5.6 reduces the verification of the ACOE for a queueing model to three checks that do not involve the discount value function: exhibit one stationary policy with finite mean return times and costs to a fixed state (typically a stable "serve at maximal rate" policy), check that low costs occur on a finite set (automatic when the holding cost grows without bound, Corollaries 7.5.9–7.5.10), and check reachability of finitely many states. Its conclusions go beyond existence: optimal stationary policies induce chains with positive recurrent classes located in a known finite set, and ACOE-realizing policies reach them in finite expected time and cost. This is what makes value iteration and approximating-sequence methods in later chapters of the book applicable to these models.

The results are proved in the book. The present mission produces machine-checked statements of the first passage calculus for general (history-dependent, randomized) policies, of (SEN) and limit functions, and of the chain of implications from (CAV*) to the ACOE. No machine-checked version of these statements is known.

Difficulty

The obvious approach to the ACOE is to pass to the limit α→1−\alpha\to1^-α→1− in the discount optimality equation. Exchanging this limit with ∑jPij(a)hα(j)\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h_\alpha(j)∑j​Pij​(a)hα​(j) requires a dominating function, and (SEN2) only gives a pointwise bound MMM whose expectation may be infinite; Fatou's lemma then yields only the inequality. Obtaining equality requires tracking first passages to sets and showing that the discrepancy Φ\PhiΦ vanishes along them, which in turn needs finiteness of ciGc_{iG}ciG​ that is not assumed but has to be derived. On the recurrence side, the average cost criterion is a limit superior of Cesàro averages over a countable state space, and mass can escape to infinity; the finiteness of the set DDD is what prevents an optimal policy from spending its time in transient or null recurrent states, and turning that into positive recurrence requires the renewal-type identities of Appendix C.

Formalization scope

States form a countable type SSS; action sets are nonempty Finsets; costs are in ℝ≥0; transition probabilities are ℝ≥0∞-valued with row sums one on admissible actions. Policies are general: a history is a state sequence and an action sequence, and all probabilities and expectations (hitting probabilities, miGm_{iG}miG​, ciGc_{iG}ciG​, Pθ(XT=j)P_\theta(X_T=j)Pθ​(XT​=j), Qij(n)Q^{(n)}_{ij}Qij(n)​) are computed from the history probabilities of the process. VαV_\alphaVα​, JθJ_\thetaJθ​, miGm_{iG}miG​ and ciGc_{iG}ciG​ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; miG=∞m_{iG}=\inftymiG​=∞ when GGG is missed with positive probability; the first passage time satisfies T≥1T\ge1T≥1. hαh_\alphahα​ and ∑jPij(a)h(j)\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h(j)∑j​Pij​(a)h(j) are in the extended reals, with the book's convention that a function bounded below has an expectation in (−∞,+∞](-\infty,+\infty](−∞,+∞]. Limit functions are real valued. Positive recurrence, communicating classes and steady state probabilities πj=(mjj)−1\pi_j=(m_{jj})^{-1}πj​=(mjj​)−1 are the notions for the chain induced by a (randomized) stationary policy. JdJ_dJd​ is the average cost of ddd from zzz.

A formalization in which the ACOE is asserted for some convenient function instead of every limit function, or in which ∣D(e)∣|D(e)|∣D(e)∣ is a natural-number cardinality that vanishes on infinite sets, would trivialize part of the goal; the statements quantify over all limit functions and use Set.encard.

A complete development needs: history-dependent policies and their path laws on countable spaces; first passage decompositions (strong Markov property at TTT); Abelian limits of ∑tαtP(T=t)\sum_t\alpha^tP(T=t)∑t​αtP(T=t); Fatou and dominated convergence for series; and the renewal reward theorem for positive recurrent classes (Appendix C of the book). The first passage and Markov chain layer is reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones, and sharper statements of the Appendix C facts they use, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics, John Wiley & Sons, 1999. doi:10.1002/9780470317037
  • V. S. Borkar, "On minimum cost per unit time control of Markov chains", SIAM J. Control Optim. 22 (1984), 965–978.
  • V. S. Borkar, "Control of Markov chains with long-run average cost criterion: the dynamic programming equations", SIAM J. Control Optim. 27 (1989), 642–657.
  • V. S. Borkar, Topics in Controlled Markov Chains, Pitman Research Notes in Mathematics 240, Longman, 1991.
  • R. Cavazos-Cadena, "Weak conditions for the existence of optimal stationary policies in average Markov decision chains with unbounded costs", Kybernetika 25 (1989), 145–156.
  • R. Cavazos-Cadena and L. I. Sennott, "Comparing recent assumptions for the existence of average optimal stationary policies", Oper. Res. Letters 11 (1992), 33–37.
  • L. I. Sennott, "The average cost optimality equation and critical number policies", Prob. Eng. Inform. Sci. 7 (1993).
  • L. I. Sennott, "Average cost optimal stationary policies in infinite state Markov decision processes with unbounded costs", Operations Research 37 (1989), 626–633. doi:10.1287/opre.37.4.626
  • K. L. Chung, Markov Chains with Stationary Transition Probabilities, 2nd ed., Springer, 1967.
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems VI: The (SEN) Assumptions and the Average Cost Optimality InequalityTextbook

Motivation

Queueing control problems (admission control, routing, service-rate selection, flow control) are naturally posed as Markov decision chains with a denumerably infinite state space, such as the number of customers in a buffer, and are usually judged by their long-run average cost per unit time. When the state space is finite, Chapter 6 of Sennott's book shows that an average cost optimal stationary policy always exists. On a countable state space this fails: Section 7.1 of the book gives examples in which no average cost optimal policy exists, and one in which no stationary policy comes within a given distance of the minimum average cost. The question addressed by this mission is under which verifiable conditions on the discounted value functions a countable-state model has a constant minimum average cost and an optimal stationary policy.

Timeline, following the book's bibliographic notes (p. 163). The book names Taylor (1965) and Derman (1966) as earlier pivotal work and Ross (1968), and his 1983 textbook, as the direct predecessor. Sennott (1989, Operations Research 37) weakened Ross's assumptions to cover models with unbounded costs, and proved the main result of Section 7.2; the (SEN) assumptions of Chapter 7 are the cleaner version of Sennott (1993). Cavazos-Cadena (1991) gave the example, adapted as Example 7.3.1 of the book, showing that under these assumptions the optimality inequality can be strict. The weaker (H*) assumptions of Section 7.7 appear, in a slightly different form, in Sennott (1995). Part (iv) of Theorem 7.2.3 is new in the book.

Setting

A Markov decision chain (MDC) Δ\DeltaΔ has a countable state space SSS, for each state iii a finite nonempty action set AiA_iAi​, a nonnegative finite cost C(i,a)C(i,a)C(i,a), and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a) with ∑jPij(a)=1\sum_j P_{ij}(a) = 1∑j​Pij​(a)=1. A policy θ\thetaθ chooses the action at time nnn at random according to a distribution that may depend on the whole history (X0,A0,…,Xn)(X_0, A_0, \dots, X_n)(X0​,A0​,…,Xn​); a stationary policy fff always chooses f(i)∈Aif(i) \in A_if(i)∈Ai​ in state iii.

For an initial state iii, the nnn-horizon cost is vθ,n(i)=∑t=0n−1Eθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i]v_{\theta,n}(i) = \sum_{t=0}^{n-1} E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t) \mid X_0 = i]vθ,n​(i)=∑t=0n−1​Eθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i], the average cost is Jθ(i)=lim sup⁡nvθ,n(i)/nJ_\theta(i) = \limsup_{n} v_{\theta,n}(i)/nJθ​(i)=limsupn​vθ,n​(i)/n, and the minimum average cost is J(i)=inf⁡θJθ(i)J(i) = \inf_\theta J_\theta(i)J(i)=infθ​Jθ​(i) over all policies. A policy is average cost optimal if Jθ≡JJ_\theta \equiv JJθ​≡J. For α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) the discounted value function is Vα(i)=inf⁡θ∑t≥0αtEθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i]V_\alpha(i) = \inf_\theta \sum_{t \ge 0} \alpha^t E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t) \mid X_0 = i]Vα​(i)=infθ​∑t≥0​αtEθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i]. All these quantities lie in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

Fix a distinguished state zzz and put hα(i)=Vα(i)−Vα(z)h_\alpha(i) = V_\alpha(i) - V_\alpha(z)hα​(i)=Vα​(i)−Vα​(z). The (SEN) assumptions are:

  • (SEN1) (1−α)Vα(z)(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(z)(1−α)Vα​(z) is bounded for α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1);
  • (SEN2) there is a nonnegative finite function MMM with hα(i)≤M(i)h_\alpha(i) \le M(i)hα​(i)≤M(i) for all iii and α\alphaα;
  • (SEN3) there is a nonnegative finite constant LLL with −L≤hα(i)-L \le h_\alpha(i)−L≤hα​(i) for all iii and α\alphaα.

A limit function hhh is a pointwise limit of hβnh_{\beta_n}hβn​​ along some sequence βn→1−\beta_n \to 1^-βn​→1−. If fαf_\alphafα​ is a stationary policy realizing the discount optimality equation Vα(i)=min⁡a{C(i,a)+α∑jPij(a)Vα(j)}V_\alpha(i) = \min_a \{C(i,a) + \alpha\sum_j P_{ij}(a)V_\alpha(j)\}Vα​(i)=mina​{C(i,a)+α∑j​Pij​(a)Vα​(j)}, a limit point fff is a stationary policy with fβn(i)=f(i)f_{\beta_n}(i) = f(i)fβn​​(i)=f(i) for large nnn, for each iii, along some βn→1−\beta_n \to 1^-βn​→1−.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.2.3

Under (SEN), there is a finite constant J=lim⁡α→1−(1−α)Vα(i)J = \lim_{\alpha\to1^-}(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(i)J=limα→1−​(1−α)Vα​(i) independent of iii; limit functions exist, satisfy −L≤h≤M-L \le h \le M−L≤h≤M and the average cost optimality inequality (ACOI)

J+h(i)≥min⁡a∈Ai{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a)h(j)},i∈S;J + h(i) \ge \min_{a \in A_i}\Big\{C(i,a) + \sum_j P_{ij}(a)h(j)\Big\}, \qquad i \in S;J+h(i)≥a∈Ai​min​{C(i,a)+j∑​Pij​(a)h(j)},i∈S;

every stationary policy realizing the minimum is average cost optimal with Je≡JJ_e \equiv JJe​≡J and Ee[h(Xn)]/n→0E_e[h(X_n)]/n \to 0Ee​[h(Xn​)]/n→0; every limit point of discount optimal stationary policies is average cost optimal and satisfies the corresponding inequality for an associated limit function; and the average cost of any optimal policy is a limit, not only a limit supremum.

Milestones

  • Proposition 7.1.1: finitely many initial transitions with finite cost do not change JθJ_\thetaJθ​.
  • Lemma 7.2.1: a bounded-below solution (J,h)(J,h)(J,h) of the ACOI inequality for a stationary eee gives Je≤JJ_e \le JJe​≤J.
  • Proposition B.6: a sequence of functions squeezed between −L-L−L and MMM on a countable set has a pointwise convergent subsequence.
  • Proposition 7.2.4: (SEN) does not depend on the choice of zzz.
  • Proposition 7.7.1: (SEN) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (H*) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (H).
  • Proposition 7.7.2: the conclusions of Theorem 7.2.3 hold under (H), with a state-dependent lower bound L(i)L(i)L(i).

Significance

Theorem 7.2.3 is the existence theorem the rest of Chapter 7 builds on (p. 128): the ACOE results of Section 7.4, the (BOR) and (CAV) sufficient conditions of Section 7.5, and the worked queueing models of Section 7.6 all work under (SEN) and invoke it. It justifies computing an average cost optimal policy for a queueing model as a limit of discount optimal policies, and it shows that the minimum average cost is the Abelian limit of the normalized discounted value.

The results are proved in the book and in Sennott (1989, 1993, 1995), but none of them has a machine-checked proof: Mathlib has no Markov decision processes, and the platform's average cost results concern finite state spaces or Borel models with different assumptions. The formalization produces a general-policy, countable-state MDC development with extended-real values, reusable by the later missions of this series.

Difficulty

On a finite state space the relative value functions are bounded and the Abelian limit (1−α)Vα(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(1−α)Vα​ can be controlled directly. Here hαh_\alphahα​ is bounded above only by a function MMM that may be unbounded, so passing to the limit in the discounted optimality equation ∑jPij(a)hα(j)\sum_j P_{ij}(a)h_\alpha(j)∑j​Pij​(a)hα​(j) cannot use dominated convergence, and in general only an inequality survives in the limit; Example 7.3.1 shows that the inequality in the ACOI can be strict. Showing that a policy realizing the ACOI is optimal requires control of Ee[h(Xn)]/nE_e[h(X_n)]/nEe​[h(Xn​)]/n for a function hhh that is unbounded above, and part (iv) requires comparing the limit inferior and limit superior of Cesàro averages for an arbitrary, possibly history-dependent optimal policy.

Formalization scope

The state space is any countable type ([Countable S]); actions form a type with finite nonempty Finset action sets; costs are ℝ≥0; transition probabilities, costs over time and value functions are ℝ≥0∞. Policies are general: randomized and history dependent, with histories encoded as finite state and action sequences and the process law built by an explicit recursive product. Finite horizon costs have terminal cost 000, as the chapter prescribes.

The relative value hα(i)=Vα(i)−Vα(z)h_\alpha(i) = V_\alpha(i) - V_\alpha(z)hα​(i)=Vα​(i)−Vα​(z) is computed in EReal, never through a truncated real subtraction: a state with Vα(i)=∞V_\alpha(i) = \inftyVα​(i)=∞ gives hα(i)=+∞h_\alpha(i) = +\inftyhα​(i)=+∞, so (SEN2) cannot hold through a junk value, and (SEN1) is a bound by a finite constant that itself forces Vα(z)<∞V_\alpha(z) < \inftyVα​(z)<∞. Sums ∑jPij(a)h(j)\sum_j P_{ij}(a)h(j)∑j​Pij​(a)h(j) and expectations E[h(Xn)]E[h(X_n)]E[h(Xn​)] of real functions are extended reals, computed as positive part minus negative part; they are never Bochner integrals and never default to 000 when not summable. The limit α→1−\alpha \to 1^-α→1− is the filter 𝓝[<] 1. Limit functions and limit points follow Definition 7.2.2 literally, over arbitrary sequences αn→1−\alpha_n \to 1^-αn​→1− in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and the (SEN), (H), (H*) sets are predicates carrying their witnesses MMM and LLL.

A development that bounds only hαh_\alphahα​ as a free function, rather than the one built from the infimum over all policies, or that quantifies only over stationary policies in J(i)J(i)J(i), proves a different and weaker theorem and does not count.

Needed infrastructure: the law of the controlled process under a general policy, monotone and Fatou-type limit interchanges for countable sums, the Abelian inequality lim sup⁡(1−α)∑αtct≤lim sup⁡1n∑t<nct\limsup(1-\alpha)\sum\alpha^t c_t \le \limsup \frac1n\sum_{t<n}c_tlimsup(1−α)∑αtct​≤limsupn1​∑t<n​ct​ (Proposition 6.1.1 of the book), and the existence and optimality of discount optimal stationary policies (Theorem 4.1.4). The MDC layer and these two results are shared with other missions of the series; contributions to them are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999, Chapter 7 (pp. 127–166) and Appendix B. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • L. I. Sennott, Average cost optimal stationary policies in infinite state Markov decision processes with unbounded costs, Operations Research 37 (1989) 626–633. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.37.4.626
  • L. I. Sennott, The average cost optimality equation and critical number policies, Probability in the Engineering and Informational Sciences 7 (1993). (Cited in the book's bibliography, p. 321.)
  • L. I. Sennott, Another set of conditions for average optimality in Markov control processes, Systems & Control Letters 24 (1995) 147–151. (Cited in the book's bibliography.)
  • R. Cavazos-Cadena, A counterexample on the optimality equation in Markov decision chains with the average cost criterion, Systems & Control Letters 16 (1991) 387–392. (Cited in the book's bibliography.)
  • S. M. Ross, Non-discounted denumerable Markovian decision models, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 39 (1968) 412–423. (Cited in the book's bibliography.)
  • H. M. Taylor, Markovian sequential replacement processes, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36 (1965) 1677–1694. (Cited in the book's bibliography.)
  • E. A. Feinberg and Y. Liang, On the optimality equation for average cost Markov decision processes and its validity for inventory control; formalized on Prove2Me in the mission of the same name (Borel state spaces, a different model).
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains VII: Palm's Theorem for Nonstationary DemandTextbook

Motivation

Spare-parts inventory models for repairable items rest on Palm's theorem: if demands arrive as a Poisson process with constant rate λ\lambdaλ and each demanded unit spends an independent, identically distributed resupply time with mean τˉ\bar\tauτˉ in the pipeline, the number of units in resupply is Poisson with mean λτˉ\lambda\bar\tauλτˉ in steady state. Stock levels, backorders and fill rates are all computed from that distribution.

Both assumptions fail in practice. Military flying programmes ramp up and down within weeks, repair shops close for periods, and commercial parts distribution centres see demand that varies by day of the week. Chapter 9 of Muckstadt's Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains (Springer 2005, DOI 10.1007/b138879) extends Palm's theorem to a nonstationary Poisson demand process with time-dependent resupply-time distributions, gives the compound (multi-unit order) version, and uses the result to compute, at any time ttt, the distribution of units in repair at the depot of a two-echelon system.

Timeline: Palm (1938) proved the stationary result for telephone traffic; Feeney and Sherbrooke (1966) extended it to compound Poisson demand; Hillestad and Carrillo (RAND, 1980) and Crawford (RAND, 1981) developed the time-dependent extensions, summarized by Carrillo (RAND, 1989). The chapter presents these results.

Setting

A single item is stocked at one location, and every demand is for one unit.

  • Demand rate λ(s)≥0\lambda(s) \ge 0λ(s)≥0, integrable on bounded intervals, with mean function m(t)=∫0tλ(s) dsm(t) = \int_0^t \lambda(s)\,dsm(t)=∫0t​λ(s)ds.
  • Demand process: a nonstationary Poisson process with mean function mmm, with N(0)=0N(0) = 0N(0)=0. N(t)N(t)N(t) counts demands in [0,t][0,t][0,t] and T0<T1<⋯T_0 < T_1 < \cdotsT0​<T1​<⋯ are the demand epochs.
  • Resupply times: a unit demanded at time sss is resupplied within www time units with probability Gs(w)G_s(w)Gs​(w). Resupply times are nonnegative, have finite expectations, are independent from unit to unit, and are independent of the demand process.
  • X(t)X(t)X(t) is the number of units in resupply at time ttt: demands in [0,t][0,t][0,t] whose resupply is not complete at ttt.

The mean of X(t)X(t)X(t) is

α(t)=∫0t(1−Gs(t−s))λ(s) ds.\alpha(t) = \int_0^t \bigl(1 - G_s(t-s)\bigr)\lambda(s)\,ds.α(t)=∫0t​(1−Gs​(t−s))λ(s)ds.

In the compound version (Section 9.2), orders arrive as above and each order is for Q≥1Q \ge 1Q≥1 units, with a time-stationary law uj=P(Q=j)u_j = P(Q = j)uj​=P(Q=j). All units of an order share its resupply time, Y(t)Y(t)Y(t) counts units demanded in [0,t][0,t][0,t], and uk(n)u^{(n)}_kuk(n)​ is the nnn-fold convolution of (uj)(u_j)(uj​).

In the two-echelon version (Section 9.3), base iii has failure rate λi\lambda_iλi​. A failure is repaired at the base with probability rir_iri​ and at the depot otherwise. Depot repair of a failure occurring at time uuu takes a deterministic time D(u)D(u)D(u) with D(t)+t≥D(s)+sD(t) + t \ge D(s) + sD(t)+t≥D(s)+s for s<ts < ts<t (no crossing). Write t~=inf⁡{u≥0:D(u)+u>t}\tilde t = \inf\{u \ge 0 : D(u) + u > t\}t~=inf{u≥0:D(u)+u>t}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 13 (p. 216)

For every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0,

P{X(t)=k}=e−α(t)α(t)kk!,k=0,1,2,…P\{X(t) = k\} = e^{-\alpha(t)}\frac{\alpha(t)^k}{k!}, \qquad k = 0,1,2,\dotsP{X(t)=k}=e−α(t)k!α(t)k​,k=0,1,2,…

This is an exact statement at each finite time, not a limit. With constant λ\lambdaλ and Gs=GG_s = GGs​=G it reduces to the finite-time step of Palm's theorem.

Milestones

  1. E[N(t)]=m(t)E[N(t)] = m(t)E[N(t)]=m(t) (Section 9.1, p. 216).
  2. Theorem 12 (p. 216): given N(t)=nN(t) = nN(t)=n, the epochs T0,…,Tn−1T_0, \dots, T_{n-1}T0​,…,Tn−1​ are distributed as the order statistics of nnn i.i.d. variables with distribution function F(x)=m(x)/m(t)F(x) = m(x)/m(t)F(x)=m(x)/m(t) on [0,t)[0,t)[0,t).
  3. The binomial step of the proof of Theorem 13 (pp. 216–217): P{X(t)=k∣N(t)=n}=(nk)pk(1−p)n−kP\{X(t) = k \mid N(t) = n\} = \binom nk p^k(1-p)^{n-k}P{X(t)=k∣N(t)=n}=(kn​)pk(1−p)n−k, with p=∫0t(1−Gs(t−s))λ(s)/m(t) dsp = \int_0^t (1 - G_s(t-s))\lambda(s)/m(t)\,dsp=∫0t​(1−Gs​(t−s))λ(s)/m(t)ds.
  4. Section 9.2 (p. 218): E[Y(t)]=m(t)E[Q]E[Y(t)] = m(t)E[Q]E[Y(t)]=m(t)E[Q] and Var⁡[Y(t)]=m(t)E[Q2]\operatorname{Var}[Y(t)] = m(t)E[Q^2]Var[Y(t)]=m(t)E[Q2].
  5. Theorem 14 (p. 218): P[X(t)=k]=∑n≥1uk(n)e−α(t)α(t)n/n!P[X(t) = k] = \sum_{n\ge1} u^{(n)}_k e^{-\alpha(t)}\alpha(t)^n/n!P[X(t)=k]=∑n≥1​uk(n)​e−α(t)α(t)n/n! for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, and e−α(t)e^{-\alpha(t)}e−α(t) at k=0k = 0k=0.
  6. Section 9.3.2 (p. 221): P{X0(t)=k}=e−m0(t~,t)m0(t~,t)k/k!P\{X_0(t) = k\} = e^{-m_0(\tilde t,t)} m_0(\tilde t,t)^k/k!P{X0​(t)=k}=e−m0​(t~,t)m0​(t~,t)k/k! with m0(t~,t)=∫t~t∑iλi(u)(1−ri) dum_0(\tilde t,t) = \int_{\tilde t}^t \sum_i \lambda_i(u)(1-r_i)\,dum0​(t~,t)=∫t~t​∑i​λi​(u)(1−ri​)du.

A plain supporting item states that N(t)N(t)N(t) is Poisson with mean m(t)m(t)m(t), the factor the proof of Theorem 13 uses.

Significance

Theorem 13 gives the full distribution of the pipeline at every instant. Time-dependent expected backorders, ∑x>s(t)(x−s(t))P{X(t)=x}\sum_{x > s(t)} (x - s(t)) P\{X(t) = x\}∑x>s(t)​(x−s(t))P{X(t)=x}, and fill rates P{X(t)<s(t)}P\{X(t) < s(t)\}P{X(t)<s(t)} follow from it, so stock levels can be planned against a surge or a repair outage without a steady-state approximation. Theorem 14 does the same for multi-unit orders. The depot result feeds the base-level convolution of Section 9.3.3, which in turn gives time-dependent performance measures for a two-echelon system.

These results are proved in the literature, and the chapter reproduces the proofs of Theorems 13 and 14. It cites Theorem 12 without proof ("similar to the one given in Chapter 3"). No machine-checked version of any of them is known, and neither Mathlib nor this platform has a Poisson process, stationary or not, a thinning theorem, or an order-statistics theorem. The formal content of this mission therefore includes the construction and the first distributional facts of the nonstationary Poisson process.

Difficulty

The algebra of the proof is a Poisson mixture of binomials and is short. The difficulty is Theorem 12 and its use. The obvious argument treats "the nnn demands in [0,t][0,t][0,t]" as nnn independent draws from FFF and assigns each an independent resupply time with law GdrawG_{\text{draw}}Gdraw​. Making this rigorous requires identifying the conditional joint law of the epochs given N(t)=nN(t) = nN(t)=n. The resupply time of the jjj-th demand is not independent of its epoch: its law depends on the epoch. So it must be shown that, after conditioning, the marks attached to sorted epochs behave like marks attached to unsorted i.i.d. draws. The book's constant-rate argument (Chapter 3) uses the uniform density n!/tnn!/t^nn!/tn on the simplex. Here the density involves λ\lambdaλ, which may vanish on intervals, and mmm need not be invertible.

Formalization scope

  • Demand process. The nonstationary Poisson process is constructed, not postulated. With i.i.d. exponential(1) gaps and unit-rate points Γk=A0+⋯+Ak\Gamma_k = A_0 + \cdots + A_kΓk​=A0​+⋯+Ak​, the kkk-th demand occurs at Tk=inf⁡{s≥0:m(s)≥Γk}T_k = \inf\{s \ge 0 : m(s) \ge \Gamma_k\}Tk​=inf{s≥0:m(s)≥Γk​}, and N(t)=#{k:Γk≤m(t)}N(t) = \#\{k : \Gamma_k \le m(t)\}N(t)=#{k:Γk​≤m(t)}.
  • Resupply times. Resupply times are ρ(Tk,Uk)\rho(T_k, U_k)ρ(Tk​,Uk​) for a jointly measurable ρ≥0\rho \ge 0ρ≥0 and i.i.d. marks UkU_kUk​ independent of the gaps, with Gs(w)=ν{ρ(s,⋅)≤w}G_s(w) = \nu\{\rho(s,\cdot) \le w\}Gs​(w)=ν{ρ(s,⋅)≤w}. Every measurable family GsG_sGs​ arises this way, and joint measurability makes α(t)\alpha(t)α(t) a genuine integral. Independence of resupply times from the demand process is not written in Theorem 12 or 13 but is used in the proof; it is part of the model.
  • Pinnings and conventions.
    • "λ\lambdaλ integrable" is read as integrable on bounded intervals.
    • Time is t≥0t \ge 0t≥0.
    • Theorem 12 assumes m(t)>0m(t) > 0m(t)>0, since FFF is 0/00/00/0 otherwise, and sets F=0F = 0F=0 on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0).
    • Conditional probabilities are written as joint probabilities.
    • E[Y(t)]E[Y(t)]E[Y(t)] is stated in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the variance identity assumes E[Q2]<∞E[Q^2] < \inftyE[Q2]<∞.
    • t~\tilde tt~ is an infimum over u≥0u \ge 0u≥0, and D≥0D \ge 0D≥0.
    • Counts are cardinalities, and are 000 on the null event where they would be infinite.
  • Corrections. Theorem 14's printed sum starts at n=1n = 1n=1, which gives P[X(t)=0]=0P[X(t) = 0] = 0P[X(t)=0]=0. The statement keeps the book's formula for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 and adds P[X(t)=0]=e−α(t)P[X(t) = 0] = e^{-\alpha(t)}P[X(t)=0]=e−α(t). The depot's Poisson demand stream with rate ∑iλi(1−ri)\sum_i \lambda_i(1-r_i)∑i​λi​(1−ri​) is generated from the bases' processes and independent repair-location choices, not assumed.
  • Not stated.
    • Eqs. (9.1)–(9.2), the FCFS depot backorders owed to base iii: the derivation on p. 221 is informal, and (9.1) prints the exponent s0(t−1)s_0(t-1)s0​(t−1) for s0(t)−1s_0(t)-1s0​(t)−1.
    • The base analysis of Section 9.3.3.
    • The compound law of Y(t)Y(t)Y(t) on p. 217, which has the same n=0n = 0n=0 omission.
  • Trivialization ruled out. X(t)X(t)X(t) is computed from the demand epochs and resupply times, not defined by its law, and resupply times cannot depend on the demand epochs except through the prescribed GsG_sGs​. Either shortcut would make the goal empty or false.
  • Infrastructure. The time-changed Poisson construction, its count law, the order-statistics property and marked thinning are reusable well beyond this chapter: in queueing (Mt/Gt/∞M_t/G_t/\inftyMt​/Gt​/∞), in reliability, and in the stationary Palm mission of this series. Contributions of these general lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. A. Muckstadt, Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains, Springer, 2005, Chapter 9, pp. 215–222. https://doi.org/10.1007/b138879
  • C. Palm, "Analysis of the Erlang traffic formulae for busy-signal arrangements", Ericsson Technics 5, 1938, 39–58.
  • G. J. Feeney and C. C. Sherbrooke, "The (s−1, s) inventory policy under compound Poisson demand", Management Science 12(5), 1966, 391–411. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.12.5.391
  • R. J. Hillestad and M. J. Carrillo, Models and techniques for recoverable item stockage when demand and the repair processes are nonstationary — Part I: Performance measurement, Report N-1482-AF, RAND Corporation, 1980.
  • G. B. Crawford, Palm's theorem for nonstationary processes, Report R-2750-RC, RAND Corporation, 1981.
  • M. J. Carrillo, Generalizations of Palm's theorem and Dyna-METRIC's demand and pipeline variability, Report R-3698-AF, RAND Corporation, 1989.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory IV: PASTA and the Formulas of Palm CalculusTextbook

PASTA and the Formulas of Palm Calculus

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory builds Palm calculus. Chapter 2 settles when a queue has a stationary regime. Chapter 3 is called simply Formulas, and it is what the first two chapters were for: it computes.

The pattern is always the same. A quantity of interest is observed two ways — from a clock fixed in time, and from an arriving customer — and Palm calculus converts between them. Little's law, the Pollaczek–Khinchin formula and the rate conservation principle are all instances.

The goal

Theorem 3.3.1 (p.211) is the one that says when the two views coincide.

This classical result of queueing theory states, in rough terms, that if the arrival point process is Poisson, operational characteristics of the system computed just before arrival times and at arbitrary times are the same (Poisson Arrivals See Time Averages). Some care must be exercised in the application of this principle, and we now give a precise statement, in the θ_t-framework.

E⁰_A[f(Z(0))] = E[f(Z(0))]                                                            (3.3.1)

for every F_t-predictable, flow-compatible {Z(t)} and every non-negative measurable f, whenever A admits the constant F_t-intensity λ; and, under ergodicity,

lim_N (1/N) Σ_{n=1}^N f(Z(T_n)) = lim_T (1/T) ∫_0^T f(Z(s)) ds .                       (3.3.2)

The "some care" is the word predictable. PASTA is false without it: an arrival that changes the state it then observes does not see the time average, and that is exactly what predictability — measurability for the F_t-predictable σ-field, generated by the sets (a,b] × A with A ∈ F_a — rules out.

The hypothesis is the constant F_t-intensity, not "A is Poisson". By Watanabe's theorem the two are equivalent, but that equivalence is a remark on the page and not part of this theorem.

Why it earns its place: Pollaczek–Khinchin

§3.4 derives formulas from conservation equations. Applying the rate conservation principle of Chapter 1 to Y(t) = e^{iuW(t)} in a GI/GI/1/∞ queue gives Takács' formula

iu E[e^{iuW(0)}] = λ E⁰_A[e^{iuW(0−)}] (E[e^{iuσ_0}] − 1) + iu(1 − ρ) ,                (3.4.44)

an identity between a stationary expectation and a Palm expectation of the workload just before an arrival. One substitution turns it into a closed form — and that substitution is PASTA. When the arrivals are Poisson, E⁰_A[e^{iuW(0−)}] = E[e^{iuW(0)}], and

E[e^{iuW(0)}] = iu(1 − ρ) / ( iu − λ(Ψ_σ(u) − 1) ) ,                                   (3.4.45)

the Pollaczek–Khinchin characteristic function formula. The most quoted formula in single-server queueing theory is one application of this mission's goal theorem.

The rest of the chapter

§3.1 carries Little's formula to fluid queues. Lemma 3.1.1 is the set identity that turns the fluid workload into an integral against the arrival measure — the same two instants described from the server's side and from the arrivals' side.

§3.2 applies Campbell's formula to rare events. Lemma 3.2.1 gives a closed form, in a countable-state Markov chain, for the mean time to make an excursion to a rare set and return; its two expressions count the same cycle rate from the two ends. Theorem 3.2.1 generalizes Keilson's asymptotic equivalence to a stationary θ_t-compatible process, replacing cycles by thinnings of the entrance processes of two disjoint sets.

§3.5 applies the stochastic intensity integration formula to a superposition of on-off fluid sources. Lemma 3.5.1 identifies a conditional expectation with a Palm expectation through Papangelou's theorem — the mean workload while a source is idle equals the mean workload that source sees when it wakes. Lemma 3.5.2 measures the gap between the two Palm expectations of the workload taken with respect to a source's start process and its fluid process.

What this mission provides

Nothing here is on the platform or in Mathlib. The nearest platform item, queueing_general_littles_law, is Stidham's deterministic sample-path law; its own docstring disclaims probability, expectation, stationarity, ergodicity and FIFO. Baccelli's L = λW is the Palm identity for a stationary ergodic marked point process, derived from the inversion formula (1.2.25) — an identity between an expectation under P and a Palm expectation under P⁰_N, not a pathwise limit. Different framework, different hypotheses, and neither implies the other.

Mathlib has filtrations and adapted processes but no predictability in the form this chapter needs, and no stochastic intensity.

Formalization scope

  • PASTA carries both displays. (3.3.1) is an equality in [0, ∞] for every non-negative measurable f. (3.3.2) asserts that, P-almost surely, both averages converge in [0, ∞] to one common limit, so both limits exist. Predictability is measurability for the predictable σ-field P(F_t) of p.55. The concrete form Z(t,ω) = v(t, θ_t ω) of (1.8.1) is not used as the hypothesis, because for a general history it is strictly weaker. The hypothesis is the constant F_t-intensity, E[A(a,b] | F_a] = λ(b − a), and not "A is Poisson".
  • Takács (3.4.44) and Pollaczek–Khinchin (3.4.45) are stated for every real u, and for u ≠ 0 respectively. Their hypotheses are the page's: σ_n is independent of W(T_n−) under P⁰_A, E⁰_A[e^{iuσ_0}] = E[e^{iuσ_0}], P(W(0) = 0) = 1 − ρ, and ρ < 1. The workload is a measurable, flow-compatible solution of Lindley's equation. (3.4.45) adds PASTA's hypotheses for {W(t−)}, and it asserts that its denominator is non-zero.
  • Lemma 3.2.1 asserts both closed forms of E_α R. The chain is irreducible, F is non-empty, and hitting times are counted from time 0.
  • Theorem 3.2.1 asserts the equality in (3.2.43), the convergence to 1, and E⁰_{F_n(→A)}[τ(F_n)] · Λ_n → 1. Its hypotheses are the section's standing ones: P is flow-invariant, {X(t)} is flow-compatible, and A and every F_n are regular and disjoint.
  • Lemmas 3.5.1 and 3.5.2 are stated for the full on-off model of §3.5.3. The on-off point processes are independent, their on periods, off periods and fluid functions are i.i.d. and independent, P⁰_{A^i} is the Palm probability of the random measure A^i, and the workload is the stationary solution of the fluid-queue equation. Lemma 3.5.1 is an identity in [0, ∞]. Lemma 3.5.2 assumes that E⁰_{A^i}[W(0)] and the expectation defining C_i are finite.

A formalization that makes Palm probability an opaque measure with the formulas as axioms, or that weakens predictability to adaptedness, trivializes this mission or makes it false, and is out of scope.

14 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory III: Stationary Regimes of Stochastic RecurrencesTextbook

Stationary Regimes of Stochastic Recurrences

Background

Chapter 2 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory asks when a queue has a stationary regime. §§2.1–2.4 answer it for the single-server and multiserver queues by Loynes' monotone construction. §§2.5 and 2.11 answer it for the general object those constructions are instances of: a stochastic recurrence

W_{n+1} = h(W_n, ξ_n),

driven by a sequence {ξ_n} compatible with an ergodic shift θ. Two questions arise, and this mission is about both.

Exact sampling, and what "exact" means

§2.5.3 treats the finite-state case. An ergodic transition matrix on E = {1, …, r} has a stationary law π, and the classical way to sample it is to run the chain and wait. That gives a sample whose law converges to π and is never equal to it.

Coupling from the past (Propp and Wilson, 1996) does better. Run one chain from every state, all sharing a single array {ξ_k(i)} of i.i.d. uniforms indexed by time and current state, started further and further in the past. Once two chains meet they stay together, so eventually all r coalesce before time 0 — and Theorem 2.5.1 says the common value they reach has the distribution π exactly. Theorem 2.5.2 makes it practical: if the updating function preserves a partial order with a least and a greatest state, and a single uniform sequence drives every chain, the two extremal chains funnel all the others and their coalescence suffices.

Neither theorem is a statement about a program. Each says that a random variable is almost surely finite, and that another has a distribution equal to π.

Renovating events: sufficient, and then necessary

§2.5.4 treats the general case, through Borovkov's idea. An event A_n is renovating of length m when, on it, W_{n+m} = Φ(ξ_n, …, ξ_{n+m-1}) — the sequence's value m steps ahead forgets where it came from. Theorem 2.5.3 turns a condition on how often renovating events occur into the existence of a finite stationary solution Z with Z ∘ θ = h(Z, ξ), and into strong backwards coupling: W_n ∘ θ^{-n} is not merely convergent to Z but equal to it after a finite random index.

Corollary 2.5.1 makes the limit independent of the initial condition — one stationary regime, reached from every starting point. Theorem 2.5.4 is the converse: for ℝ₊^K-valued recurrences with a constant initial condition, strong backwards coupling produces renovating events. So the method characterises stability rather than merely detecting it.

The saturation rule

§2.11 treats the multidimensional case, where the state is a vector and the natural models are monotone and homogeneous. Theorem 2.11.1, due to Crandall and Tartar, is the key that unlocks it: under homogeneity, monotone and non-expansive are the same property. That is what puts these models within reach of Kingman's subadditive ergodic theorem, and Theorem 2.11.2 collects the payoff — asymptotic growth rates γ̄ and γ_ exist, both almost surely and in L¹, and do not depend on the initial condition.

The goal

Queueing folklore has a rule of thumb for the stability of an open network: saturate the queues fed by the external stream, measure the departure intensity µ of the saturated system, and declare the network stable when λ < µ. The book is careful that this saturation rule "does not hold for all systems".

Theorem 2.11.3 (p.166), "the main result on the stability region", proves it for Monotone-Homogeneous-Separable networks:

If lim Z_{[-n,0]} → ∞ a.s., then λ γ(0) ≥ 1.    If λ γ(0) > 1, then lim Z_{[-n,0]} → ∞ a.s.

Here γ(c) is the growth rate of the network fed by the scaled process cN, so c = 0 places every arrival at the origin: γ(0) is exactly the saturated system's rate, and µ = γ(0)⁻¹.

Two implications, with a gap between ≥ 1 and > 1 that the book leaves open — as it leaves open the critical case ρ = 1 of Loynes' theorem. Closing it would assert more than is proved.

What this mission provides

Nothing here is on the platform or in Mathlib. There is no coupling from the past, no theory of renovating events, and no Crandall–Tartar theorem. Order/Hom/* has monotone maps and Topology/MetricSpace/* has LipschitzWith 1, which is the right ambient notion for non-expansiveness in the sup-norm, but the equivalence between them under homogeneity is absent.

Formalization scope

  • The standing assumptions of §2.5.1 (p.104) are part of every §2.5.4 statement: (P⁰, θ) is ergodic and {ξ_n} is compatible with θ. The relation Z ∘ θ = h(Z, ξ) holds P⁰-a.s.
  • Theorem 2.5.4 is stated for {W_n^{[C]}}, the sequence its proof on p.119 builds the renovating events for. The page prints {W_n^{[0]}} in the conclusion, and that version is false. Corollary 2.5.1 uses the renovating condition of (2.5.14), W_{n+m} = Φ(ξ_n, …, ξ_{n+m-1}), where the page prints W_n.
  • Theorem 2.11.2 carries all four limits, a.s. and in expectation, for every integrable ℝ^K-valued random initial condition Y, under the book's linear lower bound E[X_n^{[0]}] > −Cn.
  • The goal is stated on the Palm space of a stationary ergodic marked point process: T_0 = 0, T_n ∘ θ = T_{n+1} − T_1, ξ_n ∘ θ = ξ_{n+1}, E⁰τ_n = λ^{-1}, E⁰Z_n < ∞. The map X satisfies (2.11.16) (it depends only on the points and marks in the index window) and the four framework assumptions for every point process. γ(0) is the a.s. limit of Z_{[-n,-1]}(0·N)/n. Dropping the marks would reduce the theorem to deterministic service, and dropping the link between the points and θ makes the second implication false. Neither is done.
  • Stating only one of the goal's two implications, or collapsing them into an equivalence, would be a different theorem. Both implications are stated, with the gap between ≥ 1 and > 1 left open.
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory II: The Loynes Stability Theorem and CouplingTextbook

The Loynes Stability Theorem and Coupling

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory builds a calculus for stationary queues. Chapter 2 asks the prior question: when is there a stationary queue at all?

The G/G/1/∞ queue is one server at unit rate, infinite waiting room, fed by a stationary marked point process {(T_n, σ_n)} — arrival epochs and required service times. Its workload W(t), the service still owed by the server, obeys Lindley's equation between arrivals:

W(t) = (W(T_n−) + σ_n − (t − T_n))⁺,    t ∈ [T_n, T_{n+1}).                          (2.1.6)

Nothing in that equation says a solution exists on the whole line, let alone a stationary one. The answer is a sharp criterion in the traffic intensity ρ = λE⁰_A[σ_0].

The goal

Theorem 2.1.1 (p.80), which the book calls "the fundamental result of stability". Under ρ < 1 there is a unique finite workload process on all of ℝ, compatible with the flow, and it is given explicitly by the Loynes supremum

W(0) = sup_{n ≤ 0} ( T_n + Σ_{i=n}^{0} σ_i )⁺ ,                                      (2.1.12)

with W(T_n−) = 0 for infinitely many negative and infinitely many positive n (2.1.13). If ρ > 1 there is no finite stationary workload process at all.

Each half earns its place. The supremum is what "the Loynes construction" means: look back from the origin, take the work brought by customers n, …, 0 less the time −T_n since elapsed, and maximise over how far back you look. The ρ > 1 half is what turns ρ < 1 from a sufficient condition into a criterion. The critical case ρ = 1 is an explicit non-result in the book — there "may or may not" be a stationary workload — and is deliberately absent from the statement.

The route, and what it produces on the way

§2.2 proves the theorem by Loynes' monotone scheme on the Palm space, and two of its steps are worth stating in their own right.

Lemma 2.2.1 (p.87) is the uniqueness engine: a non-negative, a.s. finite Z with Z − Z∘θ ∈ L¹(P⁰) has E⁰[Z − Z∘θ] = 0. Applied to the difference of two stationary solutions, it forces that difference to be invariant, and ergodicity then forces it to be zero.

Theorem 2.2.1 (p.90) runs the argument backwards. Its section is titled "Queueing Proof of the Ergodic Theorem", and it is exactly that: the queueing construction yields the pointwise ergodic theorem, in the ratio form

lim_n ( Σ_{i=0}^n σ∘θ^{-i} ) / ( Σ_{i=0}^n τ∘θ^{-i} ) = E⁰[σ]/E⁰[τ],    P⁰-a.s.

Mathlib has the mean (von Neumann) ergodic theorem and no pointwise one, so this is absent substrate rather than a restatement.

Three extensions

The multiserver queue (§2.3). With s servers and the least-loaded-server rule, the state is the ordered workload vector obeying the Kiefer–Wolfowitz recurrence, and the criterion becomes E⁰[σ] < s E⁰[τ] (Theorem 2.3.1, p.93). Here uniqueness fails: p.94 exhibits a two-point space with a whole interval of stationary solutions. What survives is that the solution set is bracketed — M_∞ is minimal, and V^∞_∞ is the largest finite solution (Theorem 2.3.2, p.95).

Coupling (§2.4). Theorem 2.4.1 (p.99) is what "reaches the stationary regime" means: if a sequence couples with a θ-compatible one, then the law of its whole shifted trajectory converges in variation to the stationary trajectory's. The proof is one inequality, |P̃_{X,k} − P̃_{Z,k}| ≤ P(N > k), and the finiteness of the coupling time.

The fluid queue (§2.7). Theorem 2.7.1 (p.131) replaces customers by two θ_t-compatible random measures, the arrivals A and the service capacity C, and recovers the Loynes supremum W(t) = sup_{u ≤ t}(A_{u,t} − C_{u,t}) under λ < µ — as the minimal solution, the book claiming no uniqueness here.

Formalization scope

  • ρ = λE⁰_A[σ_0] takes values in [0, ∞], so an input with E⁰_A[σ_0] = ∞ has ρ = ∞ and falls under the non-existence half rather than being read as ρ = 0.
  • The explicit formulas are carried: the Loynes supremum (2.1.12) with the boundedness of its set as a conclusion, the construction points (2.1.13), the ratio limit E⁰[σ]/E⁰[τ] of Theorem 2.2.1, the threshold s E⁰[τ] of Theorem 2.3.1, and the fluid supremum (2.7.7).
  • Identities between random variables hold almost surely, as in the book: the workload equations, (2.1.12)–(2.1.13), (2.7.7), and the solutions of (2.3.2). A statement "for every sample point" would be false, because on a null invariant set of sample paths no finite solution exists.
  • Uniqueness in Theorem 2.1.1 is among measurable, θ_t-compatible workload processes; maximality in Theorem 2.3.2 is among measurable finite solutions; the coupling time of Theorem 2.4.1 is a random variable. A formalization that dropped the explicit supremum, or the ρ > 1 half, would trivialize the goal and is ruled out.

What this mission provides

None of it is on the platform or in Mathlib. The nearest platform item, single_server_queueing_convergence_of_subcritical, presupposes a stationary workload and proves two-time finite-dimensional convergence to it; Theorem 2.1.1 constructs that workload, proves it unique, gives it in closed form, and adds the non-existence half. Different conclusion, different generality, different Mathlib revision.

13 thms2 active usersReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Elements of Queueing Theory Ib: Ergodicity and Stochastic IntensityTextbook

Ergodicity and Stochastic Intensity

Background

Chapter 1 of Baccelli and Brémaud's Elements of Queueing Theory has two halves. The first builds Palm calculus from the Matthes definition of P⁰_N and reaches the Swiss army formula. This mission is the second: §§1.6, 1.8 and 1.9, which supply the two things the rest of the book runs on.

Ergodic theory, quoted

§1.6 states, in its own words, "the ergodic theory results to be used later in this book". Five of them, and the book proves none: Birkhoff's pointwise ergodic theorem in discrete (Theorem 1.6.1) and continuous time (Theorem 1.6.4), Kingman's sub-additive ergodic theorem (Theorem 1.6.2), and the extremal characterizations of ergodicity in both settings (Theorems 1.6.3 and 1.6.5) — ergodicity is exactly the impossibility of splitting an invariant probability into two distinct ones.

They are quoted, but they are not decoration. Kingman's theorem is what produces the asymptotic growth rates of Theorem 2.11.2 and the constant γ(c) on which the saturation rule rests. Birkhoff's theorem is what makes the time average in PASTA's (3.3.2) a well-defined object, and what the fluid Loynes theorem invokes for lim_{u→−∞}(A_{u,0} − C_{u,0}) = −∞.

None of the three analytic ones exists in Mathlib. Analysis/InnerProductSpace/MeanErgodic is the mean (von Neumann, L²) theorem, not almost-everywhere convergence, and there is no sub-additive ergodic theorem at all. The platform has neither.

Predictability, and why PASTA can be stated

§1.8 introduces the stochastic intensity: a point process N admits the (P, F_t)-intensity {λ(t)} when E[N(a,b] 1_A] = E[(∫_a^b λ(t)dt) 1_A] for A ∈ F_a. Around it sits the notion of a predictable process — one measurable with respect to the strict past.

Theorem 1.8.1 is the structural fact that makes predictability usable. For the internal history of a marked point process, every predictable process has the concrete form

Z(t, ω) = v(t, θ_t ω),    v(t, ·) F_{0−}-measurable.                                   (1.8.1)

That is why mission IV can take this form as PASTA's hypothesis rather than constructing a predictable σ-field: Theorem 1.8.1 says nothing is lost.

The goal

Theorem 1.8.2 (p.61), §1.8.4, Watanabe's characterization of Poisson processes. For a history F_t = F_t^N ∨ G and a G-measurable, locally integrable {λ(t)}, if N admits the F_t-intensity {λ(t)} then N is a G-conditional Poisson process:

E[ e^{iuN(a,b]} | G ∨ F^N_a ] = exp{ (e^{iu} − 1) ∫_a^b λ(t) dt } .                    (1.8.12)

A stochastic intensity that carries no information beyond G forces the process to be Poisson conditionally on G, with the compensator as the parameter — and the conditional characteristic function is the exact Poisson one, not an approximation. With G trivial and λ constant this is the ordinary Poisson process, which is the equivalence Remark 3.3.1 of Chapter 3 invokes to explain the name PASTA. The book: "This result plays a role in queueing theory, especially for proving that some streams in a queueing network are or are not Poissonian."

Palm probability meets stochastic intensity

§1.9 asks whether the stochastic intensity is the same under P and under P⁰_N — whether the two probabilities describe the same dynamics. Theorem 1.9.1 says yes, on ℝ₊: the same process {λ(t)} serves both.

Theorem 1.9.2 is Papangelou's theorem, and it is the deepest statement of the section: N admits a stochastic intensity if and only if P⁰_N ≪ P on F_{0−}, and then λ(t) = (μ ∘ θ_t)λ with μ the Radon–Nikodým derivative. A dynamic property and a static one turn out to be the same thing.

Theorem 1.9.3 is Mecke's characterization: N is Poisson exactly when P ≡ P⁰_N on F_{0−}. The view from a point of the process and the view from a deterministic instant agree on the strict past precisely when the process has no memory. It follows in one line from the two theorems before it.

What this mission provides

Four of the five missions in this series import the Chapter 1 substrate; this one adds the two pieces they need from its second half — ergodic theory and the stochastic intensity. Nothing here is on the platform, and Mathlib has filtrations and adapted processes but no predictability in this form, no stochastic intensity, no pointwise ergodic theorem and no Kingman.

Formalization scope

Every result is stated in the book's strength, with the book's standing definitions as binders. A discrete flow is a bijective, measurable, P⁰-preserving map (p.46); a continuous flow is jointly measurable in (t, ω) (p.3, clause (a)). A history compatible with the flow satisfies θ_t F_s = F_{s−t} (p.57), and an F_t-intensity is a non-negative, measurable, locally integrable, adapted process (p.58). The limits of Theorems 1.6.1, 1.6.2 and 1.6.4 are asserted to exist; Kingman's constant h̄ lies in ℝ ∪ {−∞} and is identified with inf_n (1/n) E⁰[h_n], the means being extended reals so that E⁰[h_n] = −∞ is not read as 0. Theorems 1.6.3, 1.6.5, 1.9.2 and 1.9.3 are equivalences, and Theorem 1.9.2 carries the closed form λ(t) = (μ ∘ θ_t)λ with μ = dP⁰_N/dP on F_{0−}. The goal's conclusion is the exact conditional characteristic function (1.8.12); a formalization that only asserted some conditional Poisson law, or conditioned on G alone, would not be this theorem.

13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Computing Optimal (s, S) Inventory Policies III: Selecting an (s, S) Policy That Is Optimal for Every Starting StockResearch Paper

Motivation

The periodic-review inventory model with a fixed ordering cost is one of the basic models of operations research. When every order incurs a set-up cost KKK in addition to holding and shortage costs, the optimal replenishment rule over an infinite horizon is, under standard convexity assumptions, a stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy: whenever the stock falls below the reorder point sss, order up to the level SSS. Existence of such an optimal policy goes back to Scarf (1960) and Iglehart (1963). Knowing that an optimal (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy exists does not say how to find one, and the average cost of an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy is neither convex nor unimodal in (s,S)(s, S)(s,S).

Veinott and Wagner (Management Science 11 (1965) 525–552) gave an exact algorithm. It proceeds in three steps: (i) compute integers s‾≤sˉ≤S‾≤Sˉ\underline{s} \le \bar{s} \le \underline{S} \le \bar{S}s​≤sˉ≤S​≤Sˉ bounding an optimal policy; (ii) find the set S\mathcal SS of all policies within those bounds that minimize the cost for starting stocks below s‾\underline{s}s​; (iii) choose from S\mathcal SS a policy that is optimal for every starting stock. This mission formalizes the theory behind Step iii. It is the third mission of a series on the paper: mission I treats the renewal closed form of the discounted cost, mission II the bounds of Step i.

Setting

Demands ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1, \xi_2, \dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… are independent non-negative integer random variables with common distribution φ\varphiφ and finite mean. Following the paper's Eq. (2), the unit purchase cost and the holding and penalty costs are combined into a single function Gα:Z→RG_\alpha : \mathbb Z \to \mathbb RGα​:Z→R, assumed convex with Gα(y)→∞G_\alpha(y) \to \inftyGα​(y)→∞ as ∣y∣→∞|y| \to \infty∣y∣→∞; the set-up cost is K≥0K \ge 0K≥0 and α\alphaα is the discount factor.

A stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy, with integers s≤Ss \le Ss≤S, sets the stock after ordering to

Yt=S if Xt<s,Yt=Xt if Xt≥s,Y_t = S \text{ if } X_t < s, \qquad Y_t = X_t \text{ if } X_t \ge s,Yt​=S if Xt​<s,Yt​=Xt​ if Xt​≥s,

and the stock evolves as Xt+1=Yt−ξtX_{t+1} = Y_t - \xi_tXt+1​=Yt​−ξt​ from X1=xX_1 = xX1​=x. Its discounted cost is

f(x∣s,S)=∑t≥1αt−1E[Kδ(Yt−Xt)+Gα(Yt)],f(x \mid s, S) = \sum_{t \ge 1} \alpha^{t-1} E\bigl[K\delta(Y_t - X_t) + G_\alpha(Y_t)\bigr],f(x∣s,S)=t≥1∑​αt−1E[Kδ(Yt​−Xt​)+Gα​(Yt​)],

where δ(z)=1\delta(z) = 1δ(z)=1 for z>0z > 0z>0 and δ(0)=0\delta(0) = 0δ(0)=0, and its equivalent average cost is aα(x∣s,S)=(1−α)f(x∣s,S)a_\alpha(x \mid s, S) = (1-\alpha) f(x \mid s, S)aα​(x∣s,S)=(1−α)f(x∣s,S).

A policy (s′,S′)(s', S')(s′,S′) is optimal for a set X\mathfrak XX of integers if, for each x∈Xx \in \mathfrak Xx∈X, it minimizes aα(x∣s,S)a_\alpha(x \mid s, S)aα​(x∣s,S) over all (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policies; it is optimal if it is optimal for every integer xxx. Under a fixed policy, x′x'x′ is accessible from X1=xX_1 = xX1​=x if Pr⁡(Xt=x′∣X1=x)>0\Pr(X_t = x' \mid X_1 = x) > 0Pr(Xt​=x′∣X1​=x)>0 for some t>1t > 1t>1.

Below the reorder point the cost does not depend on the starting stock; its value is written Lα(S,D)\mathcal L_\alpha(S, D)Lα​(S,D) with D=S−sD = S - sD=S−s. The bounds are: S‾\underline{S}S​ the smallest minimizer of GαG_\alphaGα​; Sˉ\bar{S}Sˉ the smallest integer ≥S‾\ge \underline{S}≥S​ with Gα(Sˉ+1)≥Gα(S‾)+αKG_\alpha(\bar{S}+1) \ge G_\alpha(\underline{S}) + \alpha KGα​(Sˉ+1)≥Gα​(S​)+αK (21); s‾\underline{s}s​ the smallest integer with Gα(s‾)≤Gα(S‾)+KG_\alpha(\underline{s}) \le G_\alpha(\underline{S}) + KGα​(s​)≤Gα​(S​)+K (22); sˉ\bar{s}sˉ the smallest integer with Gα(sˉ)≤Gα(S‾)+(1−α)KG_\alpha(\bar{s}) \le G_\alpha(\underline{S}) + (1-\alpha)KGα​(sˉ)≤Gα​(S​)+(1−α)K (23). The candidate set S\mathcal SS consists of the policies with s‾≤s≤sˉ\underline{s} \le s \le \bar{s}s​≤s≤sˉ, S‾≤S≤Sˉ\underline{S} \le S \le \bar{S}S​≤S≤Sˉ that minimize Lα(S,S−s)\mathcal L_\alpha(S, S-s)Lα​(S,S−s) among such policies.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 543)

For 0<α<10 < \alpha < 10<α<1 and (si,Si),(sj,Sj)∈S(s^i, S^i), (s^j, S^j) \in \mathcal S(si,Si),(sj,Sj)∈S: if (si,Si)(s^i, S^i)(si,Si) is optimal and every x′x'x′ with

min⁡(si,sj)≤x′<max⁡(si,sj)\min(s^i, s^j) \le x' < \max(s^i, s^j)min(si,sj)≤x′<max(si,sj)

is accessible from SjS^jSj under (sj,Sj)(s^j, S^j)(sj,Sj), then (sj,Sj)(s^j, S^j)(sj,Sj) is optimal.

Milestones

  1. §3, p. 533. For x<sx < sx<s, f(x∣s,S)=K+f(S∣s,S)f(x \mid s, S) = K + f(S \mid s, S)f(x∣s,S)=K+f(S∣s,S).
  2. Theorem 1, p. 542. For 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1 and s≤s′s \le s's≤s′: if aα(x∣s,S)=aα(x∣s′,S′)a_\alpha(x \mid s, S) = a_\alpha(x \mid s', S')aα​(x∣s,S)=aα​(x∣s′,S′) for all x<s′x < s'x<s′, then equality holds for all xxx.
  3. Lemma 1, p. 543. For 0<α<10 < \alpha < 10<α<1: if (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) is optimal for X1=xX_1 = xX1​=x, it is optimal for every x′x'x′ accessible from xxx.

Significance

Theorem 2 turns the final selection step of the algorithm into a reachability check on the demand distribution: a policy of S\mathcal SS is certified optimal without comparing average costs at every starting stock. Its corollaries give checkable sufficient conditions; for example (Corollary 2.2) if φ(k)>0\varphi(k) > 0φ(k)>0 for k=1,…,sn−s1k = 1, \dots, s^n - s^1k=1,…,sn−s1, the policy of S\mathcal SS with the largest reorder point is optimal, which covers Poisson and negative binomial demand. Theorem 1 separately reduces the comparison of two policies to finitely many starting stocks.

The results are proved in the paper (Section 4 and Appendix §3). No machine-checked version is known: the platform has no discrete (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) inventory chain, no discounted cost of a stationary policy on Z\mathbb ZZ, and no accessibility notion for such a chain. The mission produces these objects together with the paper's selection theory on top of them.

Difficulty

Theorem 1 needs a renewal decomposition at the first passage of the stock below s′s's′, carried out for expectations over an unbounded integer state space with a discounted infinite sum. Lemma 1 is the delicate step. The paper's argument compares the (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy with a hybrid policy that follows (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) until the stock first reaches x′x'x′ and then switches to an optimal policy; the inequality "the hybrid cannot be better than the optimal policy" requires that some stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy is optimal among all ordering policies, including non-stationary ones. That existence result is cited by the paper (Section 2), not proved there. A proof of Lemma 1 within the class of (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policies alone does not go through, because the hybrid policy is not an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace VeinottWagnerSS.Selection. The model is the structure Model: the demand distribution φ : PMF ℕ with finite mean, K ≥ 0, and G : ℤ → ℝ convex (non-decreasing forward differences) and tending to +∞+\infty+∞ at both ends. The unit cost ccc, the function LLL and the lead time λ\lambdaλ do not appear (the paper's own reduction, Eq. (2), p. 529). Stock levels are integers. stateLaw is the law of Xt+1X_{t+1}Xt+1​, obtained by iterated PMF.bind; fCost is the expected discounted cost of that chain as a real series, which converges absolutely for 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1 because every YtY_tYt​ lies in [s,max⁡(x,S)][s, \max(x, S)][s,max(x,S)]. aCost is (1−α)(1-\alpha)(1−α) times fCost. Accessible uses the law of XtX_tXt​ with t>1t > 1t>1 strictly. Optimality is among (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policies (p. 536); the class of general ordering policies is not formalized.

The bounds s‾,sˉ,S‾,Sˉ\underline{s}, \bar{s}, \underline{S}, \bar{S}s​,sˉ,S​,Sˉ are infima of sets of integers; under the standing assumptions and α<1\alpha < 1α<1 these sets are nonempty and bounded below, so each bound is the least integer the paper describes. Lα(S,D)\mathcal L_\alpha(S, D)Lα​(S,D) is defined as aα(S−D−1∣S−D,S)a_\alpha(S - D - 1 \mid S - D, S)aα​(S−D−1∣S−D,S), the cost at the starting stock just below sss; that this is the common value for every x<sx < sx<s is milestone 1.

The standing assumptions are kept in every statement, including Theorem 1 and milestone 1, which do not need them; Lemma 1 and Theorem 2 are true only because of them. No printed slip was found in the three results.

Trivializing formalizations are excluded: fff is the expected cost of the stock process, not a closed formula or a fixed point of a recursion, so milestone 1 is not definitional; the bounds are the least integers of (21)–(23), not arbitrary integers, so S\mathcal SS is determined by the data; the goal does not assume that (sj,Sj)(s^j, S^j)(sj,Sj) is optimal below max⁡(si,sj)\max(s^i, s^j)max(si,sj), and Lemma 1 assumes optimality only at the single starting stock xxx.

Useful contributions beyond the milestones: summability lemmas for fCost, the Markov (one-step) equation for fCost, the first-passage decomposition, and, for Lemma 1, a formalization of general ordering policies with the existence of an optimal stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy. The chain and cost definitions are reusable for other (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) results of the paper (Theorem 3, Corollaries 2.1 and 2.2).

Selected references

  • A. F. Veinott, Jr. and H. M. Wagner, Computing Optimal (s, S) Inventory Policies, Management Science 11(5), 525–552, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.11.5.525
  • H. Scarf, The Optimality of (S, s) Policies in the Dynamic Inventory Problem, in Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, Stanford University Press, 1960.
  • D. L. Iglehart, Optimality of (s, S) Policies in the Infinite Horizon Dynamic Inventory Problem, Management Science 9(2), 259–267, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.2.259
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Exit Problems for Spectrally Negative Lévy Processes and Applications to (Canadized) Russian Options III: Optimal Stopping for the Canadized Russian OptionResearch Paper

Motivation

The Russian option of Shepp and Shiryaev pays its holder, at an exercise time of their choosing, the running maximum of the stock price, discounted, with no fixed maturity. It is the standard example of a perpetual lookback option, and its value is a model problem of optimal stopping for a two-dimensional Markov process (the price and its running maximum). Perpetual contracts are simple to analyse but economically unrealistic: every real contract ends. Canadization (Carr, Randomization and the American put, Rev. Financial Stud. 11, 1998, https://doi.org/10.1093/rfs/11.3.597) replaces a fixed maturity by an independent exponential time η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ). The holder must exercise before η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ); if they have not, they are paid the claim evaluated at η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ). Because the exponential law is memoryless, the problem stays time-homogeneous and its value can be computed in closed form, while it approximates a contract of finite expected life 1/λ1/\lambda1/λ.

Avram, Kyprianou and Pistorius (AKP04) solved both the perpetual and the Canadized Russian problem when the log-price is a spectrally negative Lévy process: a process with stationary independent increments whose only jumps are downward. This covers Brownian motion with drift, the Black–Scholes model, and jump-diffusions with downward jumps (crashes). Their answer is written with the scale functions W(q)W^{(q)}W(q), Z(q)Z^{(q)}Z(q) of the process. This mission is the third of three drawn from that paper, and formalizes the Canadized problem (§7, Theorem 3).

Timeline. Shepp and Shiryaev (1993) solved the Russian option for geometric Brownian motion. Carr (1998) introduced Canadization for the American put. Kyprianou and Pistorius (Ann. Appl. Probab. 13, 2003) studied perpetual options through fluctuation theory; §7 of [AKP04] builds on their calculations. Avram, Kyprianou and Pistorius (2004) solved the perpetual and Canadized problems for general spectrally negative Lévy processes.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,F={Ft}t≥0,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbf F=\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0},\mathbb P)(Ω,F,F={Ft​}t≥0​,P) be a filtered probability space with F\mathbf FF right-continuous, and let X={Xt}t≥0X=\{X_t\}_{t\ge0}X={Xt​}t≥0​ be a spectrally negative Lévy process adapted to F\mathbf FF: X0=0X_0=0X0​=0, paths càdlàg with no upward jumps and not monotone, increments Xs+t−XsX_{s+t}-X_sXs+t​−Xs​ stationary and independent of Fs\mathcal F_sFs​. The standing assumption is that XXX has unbounded variation, or bounded variation and a Lévy measure Λ(dx)≪dx\Lambda(dx)\ll dxΛ(dx)≪dx.

The Laplace exponent is ψ(θ)=log⁡E[eθX1]\psi(\theta)=\log\mathbb E[e^{\theta X_1}]ψ(θ)=logE[eθX1​]. Fix r≥0r\ge0r≥0 with ψ(1)=r\psi(1)=rψ(1)=r, and let P1\mathbb P^1P1 be the Esscher measure, dP1/dP∣Ft=eXt−rtd\mathbb P^1/d\mathbb P|_{\mathcal F_t}=e^{X_t-rt}dP1/dP∣Ft​​=eXt​−rt.

For q≥0q\ge0q≥0 the qqq-scale function W(q):R→[0,∞)W^{(q)}:\mathbb R\to[0,\infty)W(q):R→[0,∞) vanishes on (−∞,0](-\infty,0](−∞,0], is continuous on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), and satisfies ∫0∞e−θxW(q)(x) dx=(ψ(θ)−q)−1\int_0^\infty e^{-\theta x}W^{(q)}(x)\,dx=(\psi(\theta)-q)^{-1}∫0∞​e−θxW(q)(x)dx=(ψ(θ)−q)−1 for θ>Φ(q)\theta>\Phi(q)θ>Φ(q), where Φ(q)\Phi(q)Φ(q) is the largest root of ψ(θ)=q\psi(\theta)=qψ(θ)=q. Further, Z(q)(x)=1+q∫−∞xW(q)(y) dyZ^{(q)}(x)=1+q\int_{-\infty}^xW^{(q)}(y)\,dyZ(q)(x)=1+q∫−∞x​W(q)(y)dy. All scale functions in this mission are those of (X,P)(X,\mathbb P)(X,P).

Starting from Y0=z≥0Y_0=z\ge0Y0​=z≥0 (the paper's P−z1\mathbb P^1_{-z}P−z1​), the reflected process is Yt=X‾t−XtY_t=\overline X_t-X_tYt​=Xt​−Xt​, where X‾t=max⁡{0,sup⁡u≤t(−z+Xu)}\overline X_t=\max\{0,\sup_{u\le t}(-z+X_u)\}Xt​=max{0,supu≤t​(−z+Xu​)} and the position is −z+Xt-z+X_t−z+Xt​. Its passage time above kkk is τk=inf⁡{t≥0:Yt∉[0,k)}\tau_k=\inf\{t\ge0:Y_t\notin[0,k)\}τk​=inf{t≥0:Yt​∈/[0,k)}.

Let α>0\alpha>0α>0, and let η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ) be an exponential random variable of rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 which under P1\mathbb P^1P1 is independent of F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​. The Canadized Russian problem (32) is

wCR(z)=sup⁡τ E−z1[e−α(τ∧η(λ))+Yτ∧η(λ)],w^{CR}(z)=\sup_\tau\ \mathbb E^1_{-z}\Big[e^{-\alpha(\tau\wedge\eta(\lambda))+Y_{\tau\wedge\eta(\lambda)}}\Big],wCR(z)=τsup​ E−z1​[e−α(τ∧η(λ))+Yτ∧η(λ)​],

over all P1\mathbb P^1P1-a.s. finite F\mathbf FF-stopping times τ\tauτ. Write p=α+λ+rp=\alpha+\lambda+rp=α+λ+r.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

With

κ∗=inf⁡{x≥0: Z(p)(x)−pW(p)(x)≤−λ/(p−λ)},h(z)=(p−λ)ezZ(p)(κ∗−z)p+λezp,\kappa_*=\inf\{x\ge0:\ Z^{(p)}(x)-pW^{(p)}(x)\le-\lambda/(p-\lambda)\},\qquad h(z)=\frac{(p-\lambda)e^zZ^{(p)}(\kappa_*-z)}{p}+\frac{\lambda e^z}{p},κ∗​=inf{x≥0: Z(p)(x)−pW(p)(x)≤−λ/(p−λ)},h(z)=p(p−λ)ezZ(p)(κ∗​−z)​+pλez​,

for every z≥0z\ge0z≥0:

wCR(z)=h(z),w^{CR}(z)=h(z),wCR(z)=h(z),

and τκ∗\tau_{\kappa_*}τκ∗​​ is a P1\mathbb P^1P1-a.s. finite F\mathbf FF-stopping time attaining the supremum. The statement covers every variation regime at once.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Lemma 2 (i), which gives the monotonicity behind κ∗\kappa_*κ∗​.
  2. Corollary 1 (29), the value of stopping at τk\tau_kτk​ at discount rate α+λ\alpha+\lambdaα+λ.
  3. The elimination of η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ) (display after (32)):
E−z1[e−α(τ∧η)+Yτ∧η]=E−z1[e−(α+λ)τ+Yτ+λ∫0τe−(α+λ)t+Ytdt].\mathbb E^1_{-z}\big[e^{-\alpha(\tau\wedge\eta)+Y_{\tau\wedge\eta}}\big]=\mathbb E^1_{-z}\Big[e^{-(\alpha+\lambda)\tau+Y_\tau}+\lambda\int_0^\tau e^{-(\alpha+\lambda)t+Y_t}dt\Big].E−z1​[e−α(τ∧η)+Yτ∧η​]=E−z1​[e−(α+λ)τ+Yτ​+λ∫0τ​e−(α+λ)t+Yt​dt].
  1. The Itô identity (34).
  2. The expected dX‾d\overline XdX-integral up to τk\tau_kτk​.
  3. Lemma 3 (33), the value of τk∧η(λ)\tau_k\wedge\eta(\lambda)τk​∧η(λ).
  4. Lemma 4, with two misprints corrected.
  5. The supermartingale property of Ut=e−(α+λ)th(Yt)+λ∫0te−(α+λ)u+YuduU_t=e^{-(\alpha+\lambda)t}h(Y_t)+\lambda\int_0^te^{-(\alpha+\lambda)u+Y_u}duUt​=e−(α+λ)th(Yt​)+λ∫0t​e−(α+λ)u+Yu​du.
  6. The identity h(z)=ez+(p−λ)ez∫0κ∗−zW(p)≥ezh(z)=e^z+(p-\lambda)e^z\int_0^{\kappa_*-z}W^{(p)}\ge e^zh(z)=ez+(p−λ)ez∫0κ∗​−z​W(p)≥ez.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 gives the price and the optimal exercise rule of a Russian option with random (exponential) maturity, for every spectrally negative Lévy model at once. It makes three things explicit. The optimal rule is a threshold rule for the reflected process YYY. The threshold κ∗\kappa_*κ∗​ is the crossing point of one explicit function of the scale functions. Whenever W(p)(0+)≥(p−λ)−1W^{(p)}(0+)\ge(p-\lambda)^{-1}W(p)(0+)≥(p−λ)−1 (possible only with bounded variation), immediate exercise is optimal. Because scale functions are known in closed form for many models, including Brownian motion with drift and hyper-exponential jump-diffusions (§8 of the paper), the theorem produces explicit prices.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper. It is not formalized in any proof assistant, and none of its infrastructure is available in Lean. This mission produces:

  • a path-level definition of spectrally negative Lévy processes;
  • scale functions defined as definite descriptions;
  • the reflected process and its passage times;
  • the Esscher change of measure as data;
  • a continuous-time optimal stopping problem with an independent random horizon, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

A machine-checked proof would also check the verification argument, which the paper states in detail only for the unbounded-variation case.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to compute the value of every threshold rule (Lemma 3) and optimize over kkk. That identifies the right candidate, but it does not show that no other stopping time does better. The verification step needs two things for all regimes of W(p)(0+)W^{(p)}(0+)W(p)(0+): that UUU is a supermartingale, and that UUU stopped at τκ∗\tau_{\kappa_*}τκ∗​​ is a martingale. For processes of bounded variation, hhh is only continuous, not C1C^1C1, at κ∗\kappa_*κ∗​, so a smooth Itô formula does not apply directly. Computing the expected dX‾d\overline XdX-integral up to τk\tau_kτk​ uses excursion theory of YYY away from 000, which Mathlib does not have. Eliminating η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ) is easy only if η\etaη is independent of the whole filtration. If it is independent of XXX alone, a stopping time could depend on η\etaη.

Formalization scope

  • Conventions. Time is [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (ℝ≥0) and values are real. Random times take values in WithTop ℝ≥0, and the payoff is 000 on {τ=∞}\{\tau=\infty\}{τ=∞}. Expectations of nonnegative payoffs are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and wCRw^{CR}wCR is an extended-real supremum, so no expectation defaults to 000. Equalities with a real right-hand side also assert finiteness.
  • Readings of informal words.
    • "The usual conditions" means right-continuity of F\mathbf FF, without completeness. Completing F0\mathcal F_0F0​ with P\mathbb PP-null sets would contradict the Esscher relation, since P1\mathbb P^1P1 and P\mathbb PP are typically singular on F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​.
    • "Unbounded variation" means "not almost surely of bounded variation on compacts". (AC) is stated through jumps.
    • "ψ(v) < ∞" means integrability of evX1e^{vX_1}evX1​.
    • "Decreases monotonically" means strictly decreasing, and "the unique root" means unique on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).
    • W(p)(0+)W^{(p)}(0+)W(p)(0+) is the right limit.
    • "Almost surely finite" and the law and independence of η(λ)\eta(\lambda)η(λ) are all under P1\mathbb P^1P1, where independence is from F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​. "Parameter λ\lambdaλ" is the rate.
    • Ps,x1\mathbb P^1_{s,x}Ps,x1​ is encoded pathwise through the reflected process with Y0=s−xY_0=s-xY0​=s−x.
    • The elimination of η\etaη is stated τ by τ, which implies the page's equality of suprema.
    • The supermartingale claim, derived on the page in the unbounded-variation case, is stated for all cases.
    • Corollary 1's discount rate is renamed aaa.
    • (34) is stated as pA+B=es−x+CpA+B=e^{s-x}+CpA+B=es−x+C with AAA, BBB, CCC finite.
  • Definition choices. Scale functions are defined by choice from their defining property, never as hypotheses on an arbitrary function. W(q)W^{(q)}W(q) for q<0q<0q<0 is the series (5), not the tilting formula of Remark 4. P1\mathbb P^1P1 is a measure given with the Esscher relation. dX‾td\overline X_tdXt​ is the Lebesgue–Stieltjes measure of the running-maximum path.
  • Corrected misprints. Lemma 4 is printed with p−1p^{-1}p−1 and −λ/p-\lambda/p−λ/p. The definition of κ∗\kappa_*κ∗​ (p. 233) and the proof of Theorem 3 (p. 235) require (p−λ)−1(p-\lambda)^{-1}(p−λ)−1 and −λ/(p−λ)-\lambda/(p-\lambda)−λ/(p−λ), and the printed version is false when p−1≤W(p)(0+)<(p−λ)−1p^{-1}\le W^{(p)}(0+)<(p-\lambda)^{-1}p−1≤W(p)(0+)<(p−λ)−1. The corrected statement is formalized.
  • Ruled out. A supremum over stopping times of a filtration containing σ(η)\sigma(\eta)σ(η), or a real-valued supremum or Bochner expectation that could be 000 by default, would trivialize the goal or change it. The admissible class is every P1\mathbb P^1P1-a.s. finite stopping time of the given filtration, of which η\etaη is independent. Replacing the goal by the η\etaη-free rewriting would state milestone 3 as if it were Theorem 3.
  • Needed and reusable. A complete development needs Lévy process theory, scale functions, fluctuation identities for the reflected process, optional stopping in continuous time, and Itô or change-of-variable formulas for semimartingales with jumps. The Lévy-process, scale-function and reflected-process definitions are shared with the other two missions of the series and are reusable in ruin theory and queueing. Proofs of any milestone, and sorry-free facts about the definitions, are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Avram, A. E. Kyprianou, M. R. Pistorius, Exit problems for spectrally negative Lévy processes and applications to (Canadized) Russian options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14(1), 215–238, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1075828052
  • P. Carr, Randomization and the American put, Rev. Financial Stud. 11(3), 597–626, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1093/rfs/11.3.597
  • L. A. Shepp, A. N. Shiryaev, The Russian option: reduced regret, Ann. Appl. Probab. 3, 603–631, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005715
  • A. E. Kyprianou, M. R. Pistorius, Perpetual options through fluctuation theory, Ann. Appl. Probab. 13, 1077–1098, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1060202835
  • J. Bertoin, Lévy Processes, Cambridge University Press, 1996.
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamical SystemsProbabilityReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

The O.D.E. Method for Convergence of Stochastic Approximation and Reinforcement Learning I: Stability and Almost-Sure Convergence under Tapering StepsizesResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic approximation is the family of recursive algorithms that locate a zero of a function observed only through noisy evaluations. It goes back to Robbins and Monro (1951) and today underlies stochastic gradient descent, temporal-difference learning, Q-learning and actor–critic methods in reinforcement learning, and models of learning by boundedly rational agents.

The standard analysis is the O.D.E. method (Ljung 1977; see Kushner and Yin 1997): the interpolated iterates are compared with the solutions of an ordinary differential equation, and convergence of the algorithm follows from the stability of that ODE. The method has one well-known gap. It assumes, rather than proves, that the iterates remain bounded with probability one. In applications this stability hypothesis is often the hardest part: for asynchronous Q-learning and adaptive critic algorithms, almost sure boundedness had been proved only for discounted cost or after adding a projection step (Borkar and Meyn, p. 460).

Borkar and Meyn (SIAM J. Control Optim. 38 (2000)) close this gap with a scaling argument borrowed from the fluid-model approach to the stability of queueing networks (Dai 1995; Dai and Meyn 1995). They show that boundedness itself follows from the asymptotic stability of the origin for a second, "fluid-limit" ODE obtained by rescaling the drift. This mission formalizes that stability theorem for tapering step sizes, and the convergence theorem that follows from it.

Setting

Fix d≥0d\ge 0d≥0 and work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. Let h:Rd→Rdh:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dh:Rd→Rd and let {a(n)}n≥0\{a(n)\}_{n\ge0}{a(n)}n≥0​ be a deterministic sequence of positive step sizes. On a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathsf P)(Ω,F,P), random vectors X(n)X(n)X(n) and M(n)M(n)M(n) satisfy the stochastic approximation recursion

X(n+1)=X(n)+a(n)[h(X(n))+M(n+1)],n≥0.(1.1)X(n+1) = X(n) + a(n)\big[h(X(n)) + M(n+1)\big], \qquad n\ge0. \tag{1.1}X(n+1)=X(n)+a(n)[h(X(n))+M(n+1)],n≥0.(1.1)

Its mean ODE is x˙=h(x)\dot x = h(x)x˙=h(x) (1.2). For r>0r>0r>0 the scaled field is hr(x)=h(rx)/rh_r(x)=h(rx)/rhr​(x)=h(rx)/r, with the scaled ODE x˙=hr(x)\dot x = h_r(x)x˙=hr​(x) (1.4).

  • (A1) hhh is Lipschitz; hr(x)→h∞(x)h_r(x)\to h_\infty(x)hr​(x)→h∞​(x) as r→∞r\to\inftyr→∞ for every xxx; and the origin is an asymptotically stable equilibrium of the fluid-limit ODE x˙=h∞(x)\dot x = h_\infty(x)x˙=h∞​(x) (1.5).
  • (A2) With Fn\mathcal F_nFn​ the history of the iterates up to time nnn, {M(n)}\{M(n)\}{M(n)} is a martingale difference sequence, E[M(n+1)∣Fn]=0\mathsf E[M(n+1)\mid\mathcal F_n]=0E[M(n+1)∣Fn​]=0, and for some constant C0<∞C_0<\inftyC0​<∞, E[∥M(n+1)∥2∣Fn]≤C0(1+∥X(n)∥2)\mathsf E[\|M(n+1)\|^2\mid\mathcal F_n]\le C_0(1+\|X(n)\|^2)E[∥M(n+1)∥2∣Fn​]≤C0​(1+∥X(n)∥2).
  • (TS) Tapering step sizes: 0<a(n)≤10<a(n)\le10<a(n)≤1, ∑na(n)=∞\sum_n a(n)=\infty∑n​a(n)=∞, ∑na(n)2<∞\sum_n a(n)^2<\infty∑n​a(n)2<∞.

A point x∗x^*x∗ is globally asymptotically stable for x˙=h(x)\dot x = h(x)x˙=h(x) if it is a Lyapunov-stable equilibrium and every solution converges to it.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.2 (almost sure convergence)

Under (A1), (A2) and (TS), if x˙=h(x)\dot x=h(x)x˙=h(x) has a unique globally asymptotically stable equilibrium x∗x^*x∗, then for every initial condition X(0)∈RdX(0)\in\mathbb R^dX(0)∈Rd,

X(n)⟶x∗almost surely.X(n)\longrightarrow x^* \qquad \text{almost surely.}X(n)⟶x∗almost surely.

The goal contains no constants and no rates, only the qualitative conclusion.

Milestone: Theorem 2.1 (i) (almost sure boundedness)

Under (A1), (A2) and (TS), for every initial condition,

sup⁡n∥X(n)∥<∞almost surely.\sup_n \|X(n)\| < \infty \qquad \text{almost surely.}nsup​∥X(n)∥<∞almost surely.

Milestones: the lemmas of Section 4.1

  • Lemma 4.1: the fluid-limit ODE is globally exponentially asymptotically stable.
  • Lemma 4.2: the piecewise ODE solutions ϕ^\hat\phiϕ^​, ϕ∞\phi^\inftyϕ∞ used for comparison are bounded by a constant independent of the initial condition.
  • Lemma 4.3 (i), (ii): two discrete Bellman–Gronwall inequalities.
  • Lemma 4.4: for large scale rrr, every solution of x˙=hr(x)\dot x = h_r(x)x˙=hr​(x) from the unit ball is ϵ\epsilonϵ-small on a window [T,T+1][T,T+1][T,T+1].
  • Lemma 4.5: the rescaled iterates have uniformly bounded second moments, and the rescaled noise sum ξ\xiξ is an L2L^2L2-bounded martingale.
  • Lemma 4.6: almost surely the rescaled interpolated iterates ϕ\phiϕ track ϕ^\hat\phiϕ^​ and stay bounded.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.1 (i) turns the stability hypothesis of the O.D.E. method into a checkable condition on a deterministic ODE. Theorem 2.2 then gives convergence to x∗x^*x∗ with no a priori boundedness assumption. The paper applies this to reinforcement learning, obtaining the first convergence proof for asynchronous Q-learning and adaptive critic algorithms for average-cost Markov decision processes (the asynchronous extension, Theorem 2.5, is sketched in the paper and is not part of this mission). The same fluid-limit criterion is now a textbook tool; see Borkar, Stochastic Approximation: A Dynamical Systems Viewpoint (2008), Chapter 3.

Formalizing it. The theorems are proved in the paper, and the proofs are short but rely on several standard facts stated informally: uniform convergence of hrh_rhr​ to h∞h_\inftyh∞​ on compact sets, continuous dependence of ODE solutions on initial data and on the vector field, and the martingale convergence theorem. No machine-checked version of the O.D.E. method or of this stability criterion is known to exist. A formal development would give a verified link between discrete-time stochastic recursions, martingale convergence in Mathlib, and the stability theory of Lipschitz ODEs.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to compare the iterates with solutions of x˙=h(x)\dot x = h(x)x˙=h(x) over windows of fixed ODE time and to control the accumulated noise by martingale convergence. This fails without boundedness: the noise bound in (A2) grows with ∥X(n)∥\|X(n)\|∥X(n)∥, so the deviation from the ODE can only be controlled relative to the current size of the iterate, and nothing prevents the iterates from escaping to infinity.

A second difficulty is that the hypothesis (A1) concerns only the fluid limit h∞h_\inftyh∞​, which describes the drift at infinite scale. It says nothing directly about hhh at any finite state, and nothing about the noise. Any argument therefore has to transfer information from the limit r→∞r\to\inftyr→∞ to the recursion at random, path-dependent scales, uniformly over those scales, while the noise is controlled only relative to the current size of the iterate. In Lean this involves ODE comparison and Gronwall estimates on a random partition of the time axis, conditional second-moment estimates for a rescaled recursion, and a vector-valued L2L^2L2 martingale convergence argument, none of which is available off the shelf for this setting.

Formalization scope

The state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). An ODE solution is a forward solution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞): the derivative is taken within [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) at each t≥0t\ge0t≥0, which makes solutions continuous there. Stability notions are the standard ones (Lyapunov stability; asymptotic, global asymptotic and global exponential stability, the last in the form ∥x(t)−x∗∥≤be−δt∥x(0)−x∗∥\|x(t)-x^*\|\le b e^{-\delta t}\|x(0)-x^*\|∥x(t)−x∗∥≤be−δt∥x(0)−x∗∥). All vector fields in the mission are Lipschitz, so forward solutions exist and are unique, and quantifying over "every solution" is meaningful.

The filtration in (A2) is the natural filtration of the iterates. Because a(n)>0a(n)>0a(n)>0, it carries the same information as the paper's σ(X(i),M(i),i≤n)\sigma(X(i),M(i),i\le n)σ(X(i),M(i),i≤n). (A2) includes integrability of M(n+1)M(n+1)M(n+1) and ∥M(n+1)∥2\|M(n+1)\|^2∥M(n+1)∥2, so that the conditional expectations are meaningful. The theorems quantify over every probability space and every noise process satisfying (A2); the goal and Theorem 2.1 (i) take a deterministic initial condition, as the paper does. Stating the goal for a particular noise model (no noise, or i.i.d. noise) would be a different and much weaker theorem, and is ruled out. "sup⁡n∥X(n)∥<∞\sup_n\|X(n)\|<\inftysupn​∥X(n)∥<∞" is boundedness above of the set of norms, not a real supremum, which Lean sets to 000 on unbounded sets. Second-moment suprema in Lemma 4.5 are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

The proof objects of Section 4.1 (time grid t(n)t(n)t(n), blocks m(j)m(j)m(j) and T(j)T(j)T(j), scales r(j)r(j)r(j), the interpolation ϕ\phiϕ, the rescaled iterates and noise sum) are separate definitions built from the step sizes and the sample path, as on the page. The piecewise ODE solutions ϕ^\hat\phiϕ^​ and ϕ∞\phi^\inftyϕ∞ are characterized by a predicate, and the lemmas hold for every function satisfying it.

Useful infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission: Lipschitz ODE comparison and continuous-dependence estimates in Mathlib's ODE library, uniform convergence of hrh_rhr​ on compact sets, the discrete Gronwall lemmas, and L2L^2L2-bounded vector-valued martingale convergence. Contributions are welcome on any milestone. The two Gronwall lemmas and Lemma 4.1 are self-contained entry points.

Selected references

  • V. S. Borkar and S. P. Meyn, The O.D.E. Method for Convergence of Stochastic Approximation and Reinforcement Learning, SIAM J. Control Optim. 38(2):447–469, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012997331639
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A Stochastic Approximation Method, Ann. Math. Statist. 22(3):400–407, 1951. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • L. Ljung, Analysis of Recursive Stochastic Algorithms, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 22(4):551–575, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.1977.1101561
  • H. J. Kushner and G. G. Yin, Stochastic Approximation Algorithms and Applications, Springer, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-2696-8
  • J. G. Dai, On Positive Harris Recurrence of Multiclass Queueing Networks: A Unified Approach via Fluid Limit Models, Ann. Appl. Probab. 5(1):49–77, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177004828
  • J. G. Dai and S. P. Meyn, Stability and Convergence of Moments for Multiclass Queueing Networks via Fluid Limit Models, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 40(11):1889–1904, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.471210
  • V. S. Borkar, Stochastic Approximation: A Dynamical Systems Viewpoint, Cambridge University Press / Hindustan Book Agency, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-93-86279-38-5
17 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: Shuze Chen

Processing Networks VII: Global Stability, Rings, and the Rybko–Stolyar BoundaryTextbook

Motivation

Mission VI showed that two structural families of queueing networks — feedforward routing, and any network under HLSPS control — are stable throughout their entire subcritical region: no extra condition beyond the standard load condition is ever needed. Until the early 1990s it was widely conjectured that this held for every queueing network. Rybko and Stolyar's 1992 example disproved it: a specific, entirely reasonable two-station network, still subcritical, whose buffer contents grow without bound under a particular non-idling policy. J. G. Dai and J. Michael Harrison's Processing Networks: Fluid Models and Stability (Cambridge University Press, forthcoming; cited here from the authors' pre-publication draft, 2020-4-2, http://spnbook.org) devotes the third part of Chapter 8 to mapping the boundary this discovery opened up: which network structures still enjoy subcriticality-implies-stability (unidirectional rings), and, for a network that does not, exactly what extra condition restores it (the two-station, five-class re-entrant line, the book's own worked instance of the Rybko–Stolyar phenomenon).

Setting

A queueing network is globally stable (Definition 8.22) if it is Markov-chain stable under every simply structured, non-idling control policy — the strongest policy-independent notion of stability a network can have. At the fluid-model level (Definition 8.23, restricting to single-server stations, b≡1b \equiv 1b≡1), this becomes: every solution of the fluid equations (8.20)-(8.23) plus the non-idling condition (8.42) is driven to the origin, uniformly in its starting size. A unidirectional ring network routes each customer type through a fixed cyclic sequence of stations; a two-station, five-class re-entrant line (Figure 8.3) routes its single input stream through five classes in a fixed order, alternating between two stations.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.25 — the Rybko–Stolyar-style boundary for a re-entrant line

The two-station, five-class re-entrant network's fluid model is globally stable if and only if

λ1(m1+m3+m5)<1,λ1(m2+m4)<1,λ1(m2+m5)<1.\lambda_1(m_1+m_3+m_5) < 1, \qquad \lambda_1(m_2+m_4) < 1, \qquad \lambda_1(m_2+m_5) < 1.λ1​(m1​+m3​+m5​)<1,λ1​(m2​+m4​)<1,λ1​(m2​+m5​)<1.

The first two conditions together are the standard load condition; the third is a genuinely new "virtual station condition," the direct analogue of the Rybko–Stolyar network's own extra requirement. This is the weakest possible target for the phenomenon it captures: a two-sided iff, so it cannot be strengthened by dropping either the necessity or the sufficiency direction, and it isolates the exact extra condition rather than a merely sufficient one.

Supporting milestones

Lemma 8.20 (restated from mission VI, since this chunk's page range overlaps mission VI's at page 164) is a general departure-rate extinction criterion. Theorem 8.21 proves stability of an "assembly with complementary side business" network via a first two-dimensional piecewise-linear Lyapunov function. Theorem 8.24 shows unidirectional ring networks are globally stable throughout their entire subcritical region — no extra condition needed, in sharp contrast to the goal theorem's network. Lemma 8.26 gives four algebraic sufficient conditions for the workload derivative inequalities the goal theorem's Lyapunov argument needs; Lemma 8.27 shows these conditions are simultaneously satisfiable exactly when (8.47)-(8.49) hold — the geometric core of the sufficiency direction.

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 8.25 is the book's own fully worked instance of the field's most cited stability-boundary phenomenon: it pins down, for a specific and analyzable network, exactly how much more than subcriticality is required, and shows the extra requirement (8.49) is not an artifact of the proof technique but a genuine necessary condition, via an explicit unstable sample path under the "extreme" priority policy that violates it. Theorem 8.24, by contrast, demonstrates that the ring topology is not automatically pathological in this way, delineating the boundary from the other side.

Formalizing it. Searches for "re-entrant line," "Rybko-Stolyar," and "virtual station" (q=re-entrant%20line, q=Rybko-Stolyar, q=virtual%20station) return no results specific to this material; this mission is a from-scratch formalization of global stability at both the Markov-chain and fluid-model tiers, unidirectional ring networks, the two-station five-class re-entrant line, and the assembly-with-side-business network.

Difficulty

Theorem 8.25's necessity direction needs an entirely different proof technique from its sufficiency direction: rather than a Lyapunov argument, it requires exhibiting an explicit unstable fluid model solution under a specific "extreme" static-buffer-priority policy — a sample-path construction, echoing the divergent-cycle construction mission III's own chapter (Section 6.2) gives for the original Rybko–Stolyar network, that the book itself says is "omitted" as analogous. A formalization that stated only the sufficiency direction (dropping the "only if") would misrepresent the theorem entirely, since sufficiency alone is not what makes this result the field's canonical boundary-of-stability statement. A second difficulty is genuinely geometric: Lemma 8.27's proof intersects a parallelogram of admissible (x2,x4)(x_2,x_4)(x2​,x4​) pairs with a wedge region, then separately solves an analogous system for (x1,x3,x5)(x_1,x_3,x_5)(x1​,x3​,x5​) — reducing a five-dimensional existence claim to two two-dimensional geometric arguments, each depending on (8.47)-(8.49) in a way that is not visible from the inequalities' surface form alone.

Formalization scope

Missions IV/VI's queueing-network model data, fluid-equation specialization, and workload operator are restated locally (drafts in this series do not import one another), as is mission VI's non-idling fluid model (renamed to track Definition 8.23's own name, FluidModelGloballyStable, even though defeq in shape). Definition 8.22 (network-level global stability) is stated abstractly over an uninterpreted policy type and two predicates, since the concrete "simply structured non-idling policy" and "positive recurrence under a policy" notions belong to mission I's apparatus, not a dependency of this chunk. The unidirectional ring network is characterized as a structural property of an ordinary flat-indexed queueing network (a partial successor function encoding the deterministic route) rather than by re-introducing the book's own two-index type/stage bookkeeping — a faithful re-encoding, since every ring network in the book's sense is representable this way. The re-entrant line's routing (station 1 serves classes 1,3,5; station 2 serves classes 2,4) was recovered from the explicit computations in Lemma 8.26's own proof, not read off Figure 8.3 directly, though the two are cross-checked as consistent. The assembly-with-side-business network, which needs a genuinely multi-input activity outside Chapter 2's "unitary network" vocabulary, is packaged directly via its already-derived fluid equations (8.36)-(8.39) rather than a general SPN activity structure. Theorem 8.25 is stated as a bare ↔, exposing neither the sufficiency direction's Lyapunov witnesses nor the necessity direction's instability construction — a formalization that dropped either direction of the iff, or that conflated the unidirectional ring's cyclic structure with an unrestricted deterministic routing graph, would each be an unfaithful weakening. IsGloballyStable, FluidModelGloballyStable, IsUnidirectionalRing, and the re-entrant line's Lyapunov ingredients (reentrantG1/reentrantG2/ reentrantH1/reentrantH2) are the primary reusable contributions; contributions completing the six by sorry proofs — Theorem 8.25's necessity direction in particular, which needs machinery this mission does not otherwise build — are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. G. Dai and J. Michael Harrison, Processing Networks: Fluid Models and Stability, Cambridge University Press (forthcoming), pre-publication draft 2020-4-2. http://spnbook.org
  • A. N. Rybko and A. L. Stolyar, "Ergodicity of stochastic processes describing the operation of open queueing networks," Problemy Peredachi Informatsii 28 (1992), 3–26.
  • J. G. Dai and J. H. Vande Vate, "The stability of two-station multitype fluid networks," Operations Research 48 (2000), 721–744.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: Shuze Chen

Processing Networks IV: Fluid Equations for Non-Idling, Priority and FCFS ControlTextbook

Motivation

Mission III's Theorem 6.2 — "fluid limit stability implies SPN stability" — converts a probabilistic stability question into a real-analysis question, but it only supplies the generic fluid equations (6.1)-(6.6), which hold under any control policy and therefore say nothing policy-specific: (6.1)-(6.6) alone never force a fluid path to reach zero. To actually prove a concrete queueing network stable, one must first identify the extra fluid equation a specific policy forces on every fluid limit path, and prove that this extra equation genuinely holds — a task the book calls "justifying" the equation "through the same fluid limit procedure used in the proof of Theorem 6.5." J. G. Dai and J. Michael Harrison's Processing Networks: Fluid Models and Stability (Cambridge University Press, forthcoming; cited here from the authors' pre-publication draft, 2020-4-2, http://spnbook.org) carries out this derivation for four control-policy families in Chapter 7, laying the groundwork every later stability chapter of the book (feedforward networks, the Rybko–Stolyar boundary, back-pressure, proportional fairness, task allocation) builds on.

The first-come-first-served (FCFS) analysis traces to Rybko and Stolyar's 1992 fluid-scaling argument and was first stated in closed form as Eq. (2.6) of M. Bramson's 1996 paper on FCFS queueing networks; Bramson also showed by example (1994) that FCFS networks can be unstable even under the standard load condition, motivating the need for a precise fluid-equation characterization rather than an informal one.

Setting

A queueing network (Section 2.6) is an SPN with one activity per buffer: buffer/class iii is served by a unique pool p(i)p(i)p(i), and on completion a class-iii job becomes class jjj with probability PijP_{ij}Pij​ (the routing matrix). I(k)I(k)I(k) denotes the set of classes served by pool kkk. The fluid equations (6.1)-(6.6) specialize accordingly: consumption is the identity (D^=F^\hat D = \hat FD^=F^) and the output matrix is Γij=Pji\Gamma_{ij} = P_{ji}Γij​=Pji​.

Three control-policy families are studied. A policy is non-idling if no server sits idle while a job waits in one of its buffers. A static buffer priority (SBP) policy is non-idling and additionally orders same-pool classes by a fixed priority permutation σ\sigmaσ, always serving the highest-priority non-empty class first; it is non-preemptive if a job's service, once begun, is never interrupted by a later higher-priority arrival. Under FCFS, jobs at a pool are served strictly in arrival order — the workload-based analysis of Section 7.3. Section 7.4 studies a fourth, more general family: a unitary network (one service type per class) under a relaxed control policy β=h(z^)\beta = h(\hat z)β=h(z^), where z^\hat zz^ is the updated job-count vector and hhh is any capacity-respecting, degree-zero-homogeneous function (Assumption 7.6) — a family general enough to include non-idling and SBP policies as special cases, and to anticipate the proportionally fair allocation studied in Chapters 9-10.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.5 — the FCFS fluid equation

For a queueing network under FCFS control, every fluid limit path (D^,F^,T^,Z^)(\hat D, \hat F, \hat T, \hat Z)(D^,F^,T^,Z^) satisfies (6.1)-(6.6) and

D^i(t+W^k(t))=G^i(t),t≥0, i∈I(k), k∈K,\hat D_i\big(t + \hat W_k(t)\big) = \hat G_i(t), \qquad t \ge 0,\ i \in I(k),\ k \in K,D^i​(t+W^k​(t))=G^i​(t),t≥0, i∈I(k), k∈K,

where G^i(t)=λit+∑jPjiD^j(t)\hat G_i(t) = \lambda_i t + \sum_j P_{ji}\hat D_j(t)G^i​(t)=λi​t+∑j​Pji​D^j​(t) is the fluid arrival rate into class iii and W^k(t)=∑i∈I(k)miZ^i(t)\hat W_k(t) = \sum_{i \in I(k)} m_i \hat Z_i(t)W^k​(t)=∑i∈I(k)​mi​Z^i​(t) is pool kkk's fluid-scaled immediate workload. This is the weakest natural target: an identity that pins down exactly the time-shift FCFS imposes, without asserting anything about how quickly or whether the fluid model reaches zero (that is left to the Lyapunov arguments of later chapters, once this equation is in hand).

Supporting milestones

Theorem 7.2 (non-idling): ∑i∈I(k)Z^i(t)>0\sum_{i\in I(k)} \hat Z_i(t) > 0∑i∈I(k)​Z^i​(t)>0 forces pool kkk's aggregate service rate to run at full capacity bkb_kbk​. Theorem 7.3 (non-preemptive SBP): the same conclusion with I(k)I(k)I(k) sharpened to the priority set H(j)H(j)H(j) (Eq. 7.5), for every buffer jjj. Theorem 7.8 (general relaxed control): under Assumption 7.6, Z^i(t)>0\hat Z_i(t) > 0Z^i​(t)>0 forces T^i\hat T_iT^i​'s derivative to equal hi(Z^(t))h_i(\hat Z(t))hi​(Z^(t)) exactly — the common generalization from which the non-idling and SBP fluid equations both follow as special cases of a suitable hhh.

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 7.5 is the precise bridge that lets FCFS-specific stability questions be attacked by the Lyapunov-function method Theorem 6.2 licenses: without a closed-form fluid equation, "does an FCFS network satisfy the standard load condition stably?" has no tractable deterministic reformulation. Bramson's 1994 example (an FCFS network unstable despite satisfying the standard load condition) shows the equation's content is not vacuous — FCFS fluid limits genuinely can misbehave, and this equation is precisely what any subsequent stability or instability argument for FCFS networks must reason about.

Formalizing it. No result about FCFS, non-idling, static-buffer-priority, or general relaxed control policies exists on Prove2Me (q=first-come-first-served, q=FCFS, q=priority policy all return zero hits, consistent with triage.json's record that none of this book's Chapters 6-14 machinery is on the platform). This mission is a from-scratch formalization of queueing networks, their three named control-policy families, and the four policy-specific fluid equations Chapter 7 derives for them.

Difficulty

The obvious shortcut for Theorem 7.3 — reuse Theorem 7.2's hypothesis and conclusion verbatim with I(k)I(k)I(k) replaced by H(j)H(j)H(j) — conflates the preemptive and non-preemptive SBP policies: Remark 7.4 explicitly notes the underlying pathwise identity (7.4) (used directly by Theorem 7.2) holds unconditionally under preemption but only asymptotically, via a vanishing-remainder argument bounding the leftover processing time of interrupted-but-continuing jobs, under non-preemption — the theorem actually being formalized is about the harder, non-preemptive case. For Theorem 7.5, the central difficulty is that FCFS's defining property is a genuinely time-shifted identity (departures at t+W^k(t)t + \hat W_k(t)t+W^k​(t) match arrivals at ttt), not a same-instant conditional statement like the non-idling and SBP equations — an approach that tried to state FCFS as a same-instant condition on T^\hat TT^ or D^\hat DD^ alone, without introducing the auxiliary workload process W^\hat WW^, could not express the theorem's actual content. A further subtlety Theorem 7.8's proof flags directly (Remark 7.9) is that the tempting converse — "Z^i(t)=0\hat Z_i(t) = 0Z^i​(t)=0 implies zero service rate" — is false in general (a corrected version appears only later, as Lemma 8.9); this mission's goal and milestone statements are careful to assert only the one-directional implication the book actually proves.

Formalization scope

Mission III's fluid-limit-path apparatus (Definition 6.6, u.o.c. convergence) is restated locally in this chapter's own namespace rather than imported, since drafts in this series do not import one another; the restatement is trimmed to the four raw processes (Dx,Fx,Tx,Zx)(D^x,F^x,T^x,Z^x)(Dx,Fx,Tx,Zx) this chapter's proofs need, omitting mission III's "delayed random walk" machinery. The non-idling and non-preemptive-SBP hypotheses are both formalized via one shared predicate, FullyUtilized, applied to different index sets (I(k)I(k)I(k) vs. H(j)H(j)H(j)) — the pathwise full-utilization identity (7.4) that each policy's proof establishes for its own priority classes, taken as a hypothesis rather than re-derived from a lower-level model of server scheduling (Chapter 2's construction of the service-starting mechanism is out of scope for this chapter, exactly as it was for mission III's SPNProcessFamily). Likewise, the FCFS goal theorem hypothesizes the raw identity (7.12) (rewritten via the material-balance equation to avoid needing the raw arrival process) and the fluid-scaled limit of the raw workload process (7.17), rather than re-deriving either from the "delayed random walk" VVV of Eq. (6.47). A formalization that dropped the workload shift W^k(t)\hat W_k(t)W^k​(t) from Theorem 7.5's conclusion, or that stated Theorem 7.8's converse implication (which Remark 7.9 explicitly disclaims), would each be an unfaithful trivialization or overstatement ruled out here. QueueingNetworkData, ProcessFamily, FullyUtilized, and SatisfiesAssumption76 are the primary reusable contributions of this mission; contributions completing the four by sorry proofs — each of which needs the u.o.c.-convergence and dominated-convergence arguments mission III's own proofs still lack — are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. G. Dai and J. Michael Harrison, Processing Networks: Fluid Models and Stability, Cambridge University Press (forthcoming), pre-publication draft 2020-4-2. http://spnbook.org
  • M. Bramson, "Convergence to equilibria for fluid models of FIFO queueing networks," Queueing Systems 22 (1996), 5–45.
  • M. Bramson, "Instability of FIFO queueing networks," Annals of Applied Probability 4 (1994), 414–431.
  • A. N. Rybko and A. L. Stolyar, "Ergodicity of stochastic processes describing the operation of open queueing networks," Problemy Peredachi Informatsii 28 (1992), 3–26.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: Shuze Chen

Processing Networks I: The Equivalence of SPN StabilityTextbook

Motivation

A stochastic processing network (SPN) is the general model behind manufacturing lines, call centers, computer systems, communication networks and hospital wards: a collection of buffers holding waiting work, a collection of activities (servers) that consume items from buffers and produce items into others, and stochastic primitives — arrival processes and service requirements — that drive the whole system forward in continuous time. Before any control policy can be designed, evaluated, or proved to work, the modeler needs a single, unambiguous, checkable notion of what it means for such a system to be stable: to settle into statistical equilibrium rather than pile up work without bound.

The difficulty is that "stability" has several natural, superficially different candidate definitions — positive recurrence of the underlying Markov chain, existence of a unique stationary distribution, convergence in distribution of queue lengths — each convenient for a different purpose (positive recurrence for verifying via drift criteria, a stationary distribution for computing long-run averages, distributional convergence for interpreting simulation output). J. G. Dai and J. Michael Harrison's Processing Networks: Fluid Models and Stability (Cambridge University Press, forthcoming; cited here from the authors' own pre-publication draft, 2020-4-2, http://spnbook.org) opens its technical development by proving these candidates coincide, so that the rest of the book — and, in practice, most stability results for queueing networks published since Rybko and Stolyar's and Dai's foundational work in the 1990s — can speak of "SPN stability" as one well-posed property.

Setting

An SPN has III buffers, indexed 1,…,I1, \dots, I1,…,I, and JJJ activities (service types), indexed 1,…,J1, \dots, J1,…,J. External work arrives into buffer iii according to a counting process Ei(t)E_i(t)Ei​(t); activity jjj, whenever engaged, requires a service time and produces an output vector into the buffers on completion. The baseline stochastic assumptions (Assumption 2.1) specify these primitives precisely: the III external arrival processes are independent Poisson processes with rates λ1,…,λI≥0\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_I \ge 0λ1​,…,λI​≥0 (no arrivals into a buffer with rate 000); for each activity jjj, the matched pairs of processing variables — service time and output vector, (vj(ℓ),φj(ℓ))ℓ≥1(v_j(\ell), \varphi_j(\ell))_{\ell \ge 1}(vj​(ℓ),φj​(ℓ))ℓ≥1​ — form an i.i.d. sequence with finite means mj=E[vj(1)]>0m_j = \mathbb{E}[v_j(1)] > 0mj​=E[vj​(1)]>0 and Γj=E[φj(1)]≥0\Gamma_j = \mathbb{E}[\varphi_j(1)] \ge 0Γj​=E[φj​(1)]≥0; each such pair has a joint phase-type distribution (realized as the absorption time and terminal mark of a finite-state continuous-time Markov chain, per Appendix D.9); and the initial processing variables, the arrival process, and the JJJ processing-variable sequences are, collectively, mutually independent.

Under a fixed control policy, the SPN generates two continuous-time processes: the service-count process N(t)∈Z+JN(t) \in \mathbb{Z}_+^JN(t)∈Z+J​ and the buffer-contents process Z(t)∈Z+IZ(t) \in \mathbb{Z}_+^IZ(t)∈Z+I​. Assumption 3.1 (Markov representation) requires these to be embeddable in a richer, irreducible Markov chain X={X(t),t≥0}X = \{X(t), t \ge 0\}X={X(t),t≥0} on a countable state space X\mathcal{X}X: a function f:X→Z+J×Z+If : \mathcal{X} \to \mathbb{Z}_+^J \times \mathbb{Z}_+^If:X→Z+J​×Z+I​ with (N(t),Z(t))=f(X(t))(N(t), Z(t)) = f(X(t))(N(t),Z(t))=f(X(t)) on every sample path, whose level sets B(z)={x:f(x)=(n,z) for some n}B(z) = \{x : f(x) = (n,z)\ \text{for some } n\}B(z)={x:f(x)=(n,z) for some n} are finite for every buffer-content vector zzz, and which has at least one empty state x∗x^\astx∗ with f(x∗)=(0,0)f(x^\ast) = (0,0)f(x∗)=(0,0).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.5 — equivalent definitions of stability

X positive recurrent  ⟺  X has a unique stationary distribution π  ⟺  Z(t) converges in distribution to a non-defective limit,X \text{ positive recurrent} \iff X \text{ has a unique stationary distribution } \pi \iff Z(t) \text{ converges in distribution to a non-defective limit},X positive recurrent⟺X has a unique stationary distribution π⟺Z(t) converges in distribution to a non-defective limit,

and, when these hold, for every bounded h:X→Rh : \mathcal{X} \to \mathbb{R}h:X→R and every initial distribution of X(0)X(0)X(0),

Pr⁡{lim⁡t→∞1t∫0th(X(s)) ds=hˉ}=1,hˉ:=∑x∈Xπ(x) h(x).\Pr\left\{ \lim_{t \to \infty} \frac{1}{t} \int_0^t h(X(s))\, ds = \bar h \right\} = 1, \qquad \bar h := \sum_{x \in \mathcal{X}} \pi(x)\, h(x).Pr{t→∞lim​t1​∫0t​h(X(s))ds=hˉ}=1,hˉ:=x∈X∑​π(x)h(x).

Definition 3.6 then names an SPN stable exactly when these equivalent conditions hold — the weakest possible target, since it commits to no particular one of the three characterizations, only to their joint truth or falsity.

Supporting milestones

Two strong laws of large numbers for the primitive stochastic elements (Propositions 2.2 and 2.3) — the arrival counts Ei(t)/t→λiE_i(t)/t \to \lambda_iEi​(t)/t→λi​ and the processing-variable sample means 1n∑ℓ≤nvj(ℓ)→mj\frac{1}{n}\sum_{\ell \le n} v_j(\ell) \to m_jn1​∑ℓ≤n​vj​(ℓ)→mj​, 1n∑ℓ≤nφj(ℓ)→Γj\frac{1}{n}\sum_{\ell \le n} \varphi_j(\ell) \to \Gamma_jn1​∑ℓ≤n​φj​(ℓ)→Γj​ — and two structural results about the ambient chain: Lemma 3.7, a drift-type sufficient condition for positive recurrence that foreshadows the fluid-model methodology of later chapters, and Proposition 3.9, a sufficient condition (reachability of the empty state) for the irreducibility that Assumption 3.1 itself demands.

Significance

The result itself. Proposition 3.5 is what turns "is this queueing network stable?" into a single question rather than three potentially different ones, and it licenses every later chapter of the book (and a large fraction of the queueing-theory literature going back to the 1990s fluid-limit program of Rybko–Stolyar, Dai, and others) to prove stability via whichever characterization is most convenient — typically positive recurrence via a Lyapunov drift argument — while concluding all three, including the practically important long-run-average SLLN. Every one of the thirteen other missions in this series builds directly on Definition 3.6: their goal theorems all conclude "the SPN is stable," meaning exactly the three-way equivalence established here.

Formalizing it. No result in this mission or its milestones has a prior formal counterpart on Prove2Me: a search for "positive recurrent," "stationary distribution Markov chain," and "irreducible Markov chain" surfaced only MarkovMixing's PositiveRecurrent predicate, defined for a countable-state discrete-time chain — a different object from Assumption 3.1's continuous-time ambient chain, reused here only conceptually (as the pattern for a mean-return-time definition), not as a Lean dependency. This mission is a from-scratch formalization of the model (baseline stochastic assumptions, Markov representation) and of positive recurrence, stationary-distribution uniqueness, and distributional convergence for it.

Difficulty

The obvious first attempt — define XXX as an arbitrary countable-state Markov chain and directly import a Mathlib theorem relating its recurrence, its stationary distribution, and long-run convergence — fails because Mathlib currently has no general countable-state continuous-time Markov chain theory of the kind Appendix D of the book develops (its own finite-state CTMC stationary-distribution result is unproven substrate, not applicable to a countably infinite state space). The formalization instead works at the level of the chain's embedded discrete-time jump chain, which is where Lean's PMF-based machinery is available, and states the three equivalent conditions and the SLLN conclusion directly as hypotheses to be discharged, rather than inheriting them from a pre-existing continuous-time framework. A second difficulty is Assumption 2.1(d)'s independence clause, which is a genuine three-way mutual independence of σ\sigmaσ-algebras (initial processing variables, arrival process, and the collection of all JJJ processing-variable sequences), not the pairwise independence a careless reading might substitute — a weaker hypothesis here would silently make later derivations in the series unsound.

Formalization scope

The ambient chain's state space Xstate is an arbitrary countable type ([Countable Xstate], not Fintype) — no result may assume finiteness anywhere. The chain itself is represented by its one-step jump kernel jump : Xstate → PMF Xstate (stepIter gives nnn-step iteration, Irreducible requires every state to reach every other in finitely many jump-chain steps); positive recurrence is mean return time under jump, defined via the standard first-return-time renewal decomposition. IsStable is defined as positive recurrence of the jump chain — one of the three equivalent conditions — with the goal theorem itself certifying the equivalence, so the choice carries no loss of faithfulness. Buffer contents and service counts are Fin I → ℕ and Fin J → ℕ-valued, matching the book's Z+I\mathbb{Z}_+^IZ+I​, Z+J\mathbb{Z}_+^JZ+J​. A formalization that took IsStable to mean, say, only distributional convergence of ZZZ (dropping the chain-level characterizations) would be a strictly weaker, trivializing shortcut — ruled out here by proving all three equivalent and stating the SLLN as part of the same goal theorem. The definitions in this mission (BaselineAssumptions, MarkovRepresentation, IsStable) are the shared substrate every other mission of the series is built on, and are the primary reusable contribution; contributions completing the by sorry proofs, particularly of the goal theorem (which the book proves via appeal to general CTMC theory in its Appendix D, not reproduced here), are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. G. Dai and J. Michael Harrison, Processing Networks: Fluid Models and Stability, Cambridge University Press (forthcoming), pre-publication draft 2020-4-2. http://spnbook.org
  • A. N. Rybko and A. L. Stolyar, "Ergodicity of stochastic processes describing the operation of open queueing networks," Problemy Peredachi Informatsii 28 (1992), 3–26.
  • J. G. Dai, "On positive Harris recurrence of multiclass queueing networks: a unified approach via fluid limit models," Annals of Applied Probability 5 (1995), 49–77.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Jobshop-Like Queueing Systems: The Equilibrium Distribution with State-Dependent Arrival and Service RatesResearch Paper

Motivation

A jobshop is a factory in which each job visits a sequence of machine groups, the sequence differing from job to job. J. R. Jackson's 1963 paper Jobshop-Like Queueing Systems (Management Science 10(1), 131–142) models such a shop as a network of queues and computes its long-run distribution of queue lengths in closed form. It generalizes his 1957 paper Networks of Waiting Lines (Operations Research 5(4)), which treated Poisson arrivals and multi-server centers, to arrival rates that depend on the total number of customers present and service rates that depend arbitrarily on the local queue length. The resulting product-form equilibrium is the starting point of queueing-network theory, which is used in performance analysis of manufacturing systems, computer systems and communication networks.

Timeline:

  • 1957: Jackson, Networks of Waiting Lines, constant external Poisson arrivals and multi-channel exponential servers; product-form equilibrium.
  • 1963: Jackson, this paper: state-dependent total arrival rate λ(S(kˉ))\lambda(S(\bar k))λ(S(kˉ)), queue-length-dependent service rates μ(n,k)\mu(n, k)μ(n,k), routings with self-loops and empty routings; Theorem (4.5).
  • 1967: Gordon and Newell, Closed Queuing Systems with Exponential Servers, the closed-network analogue.
  • 1979: Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, the general theory of migration processes and partial balance.

Setting

There are N≥1N \ge 1N≥1 service centers, Center 1,…,N1, \dots, N1,…,N. A state vector kˉ=(k1,…,kN)\bar k = (k_1, \dots, k_N)kˉ=(k1​,…,kN​) has non-negative integer components, knk_nkn​ being the number of customers at Center nnn, and S(kˉ)=k1+⋯+kNS(\bar k) = k_1 + \dots + k_NS(kˉ)=k1​+⋯+kN​. The system (N,L,M,R)(N, L, M, R)(N,L,M,R) is given by:

  1. arrival rates λ(K)\lambda(K)λ(K), K=0,1,2,…K = 0, 1, 2, \dotsK=0,1,2,…: in state kˉ\bar kkˉ a customer arrives at rate λ(S(kˉ))\lambda(S(\bar k))λ(S(kˉ));
  2. service rates μ(n,k)\mu(n, k)μ(n,k): a service at Center nnn completes at rate μ(n,kn)\mu(n, k_n)μ(n,kn​);
  3. routing probabilities r(m,n)r(m, n)r(m,n), m∈[0,N]m \in [0, N]m∈[0,N], n∈[1,N+1]n \in [1, N+1]n∈[1,N+1]: an arriving customer's first center is nnn with probability r(0,n)r(0, n)r(0,n), its routing is empty with probability r(0,N+1)r(0, N+1)r(0,N+1); after service at Center mmm it moves to Center nnn with probability r(m,n)r(m, n)r(m,n) (possibly n=mn = mn=m) or leaves with probability r(m,N+1)r(m, N+1)r(m,N+1).

The paper's standing Assumptions (2.1)–(2.4): (2.1) either all λ(K)>0\lambda(K) > 0λ(K)>0, or λ(K)>0\lambda(K) > 0λ(K)>0 exactly for K≤K0K \le K_0K≤K0​; (2.2) μ(n,0)=0\mu(n, 0) = 0μ(n,0)=0 and μ(n,k)>0\mu(n, k) > 0μ(n,k)>0 for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1; (2.3) each row {r(m,n)}n∈[1,N+1]\{r(m, n)\}_{n \in [1, N+1]}{r(m,n)}n∈[1,N+1]​ is a probability distribution; (2.4) the traffic equations

e(n)=r(0,n)+∑m=1Ne(m) r(m,n),n∈[1,N],(2.5)e(n) = r(0, n) + \sum_{m=1}^N e(m)\, r(m, n), \qquad n \in [1, N], \tag{2.5}e(n)=r(0,n)+m=1∑N​e(m)r(m,n),n∈[1,N],(2.5)

have a unique solution, and it is non-negative.

The process is defined by its transition probabilities over a short interval (p. 134), from which the paper derives the balance equations (3.1) for P(kˉ,t)P(\bar k, t)P(kˉ,t). An equilibrium state probability distribution is a probability distribution ppp on state vectors such that P(kˉ,t)≡p(kˉ)P(\bar k, t) \equiv p(\bar k)P(kˉ,t)≡p(kˉ) solves (3.1). With

W(K)=∏i=0K−1λ(i),w(kˉ)=∏n=1N∏i=1kne(n)μ(n,i),T(K)=∑S(kˉ)=Kw(kˉ),W(K) = \prod_{i=0}^{K-1}\lambda(i), \quad w(\bar k) = \prod_{n=1}^N\prod_{i=1}^{k_n}\frac{e(n)}{\mu(n, i)}, \quad T(K) = \sum_{S(\bar k) = K} w(\bar k),W(K)=i=0∏K−1​λ(i),w(kˉ)=n=1∏N​i=1∏kn​​μ(n,i)e(n)​,T(K)=S(kˉ)=K∑​w(kˉ),

the constant π\piπ is {∑K≥0W(K)T(K)}−1\{\sum_{K \ge 0} W(K) T(K)\}^{-1}{∑K≥0​W(K)T(K)}−1 when the series converges and 000 otherwise.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem (4.5)

If π>0\pi > 0π>0, then

p(kˉ)=π w(kˉ) W(S(kˉ))(4.6)p(\bar k) = \pi\, w(\bar k)\, W(S(\bar k)) \tag{4.6}p(kˉ)=πw(kˉ)W(S(kˉ))(4.6)

is an equilibrium state probability distribution; and if the arrival rates are bounded, it is the only one. The goal fixes no constants; the condition π>0\pi > 0π>0 is the paper's.

Milestones

  1. The series in (4.4) converges to a positive number or diverges to +∞+\infty+∞ (§4, p. 136).
  2. If π>0\pi > 0π>0, (4.6) is a probability distribution (first claim of the proof sentence, p. 136).
  3. (4.6) satisfies equations (3.1) at every state (second claim, p. 136).
  4. Under bounded arrival rates, an equilibrium distribution is unique (§4, p. 135).

Companion

Theorem (6.3) in its case K∗=0K^* = 0K∗=0, kn∗=+∞k_n^* = +\inftykn∗​=+∞: with constant arrival rate λ(K)≡λ(0)\lambda(K) \equiv \lambda(0)λ(K)≡λ(0) and pn(0)>0p_n(0) > 0pn​(0)>0 for every nnn, the equilibrium is p(kˉ)=∏npn(kn)p(\bar k) = \prod_n p_n(k_n)p(kˉ)=∏n​pn​(kn​), pnp_npn​ being the normalized wn(k)=∏i=1kλ(0)e(n)/μ(n,i)w_n(k) = \prod_{i=1}^k \lambda(0)e(n)/\mu(n, i)wn​(k)=∏i=1k​λ(0)e(n)/μ(n,i).

Significance

Theorem (4.5) states that the queue lengths of a whole network have an explicit stationary law, determined by the routing only through the visit ratios e(n)e(n)e(n), and that conditionally on the total S(kˉ)=KS(\bar k) = KS(kˉ)=K it does not depend on the arrival process. With constant arrival rate it factorizes into independent one-center laws (Theorem (6.3)), each that of a single queue fed at rate λ(0)e(n)\lambda(0)e(n)λ(0)e(n); this is the form in which Jackson networks enter textbooks. State-dependent arrivals cover systems with balking or finite capacity: taking λ(K)=0\lambda(K) = 0λ(K)=0 for K>K0K > K_0K>K0​ caps the population.

The result is classical and proved; it has no machine-checked proof on this platform. The platform has Kelly–Yudovina's open migration process (KellyStochasticNetworks.open_migration_equilibrium): constant external arrivals, no self-loops, a full-balance conclusion without uniqueness. It is the companion (6.3) in substance but not the general theorem: arrival rates depending on the total population are not in it. This mission contributes the state-dependent model, a stationary form of Jackson's own equations (3.1), and a uniqueness statement.

Difficulty

The balance equations are an infinite system in Z≥0N\mathbb{Z}_{\ge 0}^NZ≥0N​. Substituting (4.6) gives terms with shifted states, guarded by non-negativity of components, a double sum over ordered pairs of distinct centers, self-loops appearing only in the outflow factor 1−r(n,n)1 - r(n, n)1−r(n,n), and centers with e(n)=0e(n) = 0e(n)=0, where www vanishes. Checking each state term by term against the traffic equations requires the diagonal of (2.5), excluded in (3.1), to be handled exactly. Summing (4.6) to one requires regrouping a series over Z≥0N\mathbb{Z}_{\ge 0}^NZ≥0N​ by the finite fibres of SSS.

Uniqueness is the hard part. The paper gives no proof: footnote 5 refers to a limit theorem for Markov processes and to the communication structure of non-transient states. A solution of the algebraic balance equations need not be the stationary law of the process when the process can explode, and the model allows explosion with π>0\pi > 0π>0 (e.g. N=1N = 1N=1, λ(K)=4K\lambda(K) = 4^Kλ(K)=4K, μ(1,k)=2⋅4k−1\mu(1,k) = 2\cdot 4^{k-1}μ(1,k)=2⋅4k−1). Uniqueness therefore depends on non-explosion as well as on the communication structure of the states, and neither is addressed on the page.

Formalization scope

Centers are Fin N with N>0N > 0N>0; states are Fin N → ℕ; rates are real. The routing is one function r : Option (Fin N) → Option (Fin N) → ℝ, where none is the index 000 in the first argument and N+1N + 1N+1 in the second. A structure JobshopSystem N bundles λ,μ,r,e\lambda, \mu, r, eλ,μ,r,e with Assumptions (2.1)–(2.4) as fields; eee is a parameter satisfying (2.5), uniqueness and non-negativity, not a formula. Balance sys q k is the stationary equation (3.1) at k for an arbitrary q, and IsEquilibrium sys q is q≥0q \ge 0q≥0, HasSum q 1, and Balance at every state. π\piπ is defined with an explicit if Summable … then … else 0.

Explicit choices, each stated in the item where it applies:

  • Correction of (3.1). The paper prints the arrival outflow as λ(S(kˉ))\lambda(S(\bar k))λ(S(kˉ)):

    dP(kˉ,t)dt=−[λ(S(kˉ))+∑nμ(n,kn)(1−r(n,n))]P(kˉ,t)+…\dfrac{dP(\bar k, t)}{dt} = -[\lambda(S(\bar k)) + \sum_n \mu(n, k_n)(1 - r(n, n))]P(\bar k, t) + \dotsdtdP(kˉ,t)​=−[λ(S(kˉ))+∑n​μ(n,kn​)(1−r(n,n))]P(kˉ,t)+…

    Its transition probabilities (p. 134) give λ(S(kˉ))∑n=1Nr(0,n)\lambda(S(\bar k))\sum_{n=1}^N r(0, n)λ(S(kˉ))∑n=1N​r(0,n), since an arrival with an empty routing leaves the state unchanged. The two agree only when r(0,N+1)=0r(0, N+1) = 0r(0,N+1)=0, and with the printed coefficient Theorem (4.5) is false (N=1N = 1N=1, r(0,1)=r(0,2)=1/2r(0,1) = r(0,2) = 1/2r(0,1)=r(0,2)=1/2, r(1,2)=1r(1,2) = 1r(1,2)=1, constant rates, at kˉ=0\bar k = 0kˉ=0). The formalization uses the coefficient the transition probabilities give. It does not assume r(0,N+1)=0r(0, N+1) = 0r(0,N+1)=0: the paper allows empty routings.

  • Uniqueness under bounded arrival rates. Uniqueness (milestone 4 and the goal's second conjunct) assumes ∃Λ, ∀K, λ(K)≤Λ\exists \Lambda,\ \forall K,\ \lambda(K) \le \Lambda∃Λ, ∀K, λ(K)≤Λ. The paper asserts uniqueness without proof, citing a limit theorem for regular processes; bounded arrival rates make the process regular and hold for every example in the paper. Existence and the formula carry no added hypothesis.

  • Companion (6.3). System (N,L,M,R)∗(N, L, M, R)^*(N,L,M,R)∗ of §5 is not formalized in the paper and not here; only its case K∗=0K^* = 0K∗=0, kn∗=+∞k_n^* = +\inftykn∗​=+∞ is stated.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: Balance and IsEquilibrium are stated for an arbitrary function on states and never mention www, WWW or π\piπ, and equilibrium is neither defined as (4.6) nor as detailed or partial balance.

Useful infrastructure: summation over Fin N → ℕ grouped by total (Finset.Nat.antidiagonalTuple), and a non-explosion and uniqueness theory for countable-state continuous-time chains, which is reusable beyond this mission. Not included: the limit lim⁡t→∞P(kˉ,t)=p(kˉ)\lim_{t\to\infty} P(\bar k, t) = p(\bar k)limt→∞​P(kˉ,t)=p(kˉ), which needs a construction of the process; the equivalence of (2.4) with finiteness of routings; Theorem (5.5) and (5.7)–(5.9).

Selected references

  • J. R. Jackson, Jobshop-Like Queueing Systems, Management Science 10(1), 131–142, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.10.1.131
  • J. R. Jackson, Networks of Waiting Lines, Operations Research 5(4), 518–521, 1957. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.5.4.518
  • W. J. Gordon and G. F. Newell, Closed Queuing Systems with Exponential Servers, Operations Research 15(2), 254–265, 1967. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.15.2.254
  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, 1979. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/book/whole.pdf
  • A. T. Bharucha-Reid, Elements of the Theory of Markov Processes and Their Applications, McGraw-Hill, 1960 (Theorem 2.9, p. 102, cited in footnote 5).
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Exit Problems for Spectrally Negative Lévy Processes and Applications to (Canadized) Russian Options I: Joint Laplace Transform of the Exit Time and Exit Position of the Reflected ProcessResearch Paper

Motivation

A spectrally negative Lévy process is a process with stationary independent increments whose jumps are all downward: Brownian motion with drift plus a compound Poisson or infinite-activity stream of negative jumps. It is the standard model for a risk reserve that earns premiums continuously and pays claims in lumps, for a storage level or a queue workload seen in reverse, and, in mathematical finance, for a log-price that can crash but not jump up. Exit problems (when and where such a process first leaves an interval) are the basic quantities in ruin theory, in dividend and barrier problems, and in the pricing of path-dependent options.

The reflected process Y=X‾−XY=\overline X-XY=X−X, the distance of XXX below its running maximum, is the drawdown of XXX. Its first passage above a level kkk is the time at which a drawdown of size kkk first occurs. Avram, Kyprianou and Pistorius (AKP 2004) computed the joint Laplace transform of this passage time and of the overshoot YτkY_{\tau_k}Yτk​​ in closed form, in terms of the scale functions of XXX. This is the first of three missions on that paper. The two others use this identity for the perpetual Russian option and its Canadized version.

Timeline. Bertoin gave the upward two-sided exit identity for spectrally negative Lévy processes in terms of scale functions (Bertoin 1996, Theorem VII.8) and the downward one (Bertoin 1997, Corollary 1). Avram, Kyprianou and Pistorius (2004) obtained the joint transform of (τk,Yτk)(\tau_k,Y_{\tau_k})(τk​,Yτk​​) for every spectrally negative Lévy process of unbounded variation, or of bounded variation with absolutely continuous Lévy measure.

Setting

Let X={Xt,t≥0}X=\{X_t,t\ge0\}X={Xt​,t≥0} be a spectrally negative Lévy process on (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P): it starts at 000, has independent and stationary increments, càdlàg paths, no positive jumps, and paths that are not monotone. Its Laplace exponent is ψ(θ)=log⁡E[eθX1]\psi(\theta)=\log\mathbb E[e^{\theta X_1}]ψ(θ)=logE[eθX1​], and "ψ(v)<∞\psi(v)<\inftyψ(v)<∞" means that evX1e^{vX_1}evX1​ is integrable. For such vvv, the tilted exponent is ψv(θ)=ψ(θ+v)−ψ(v)\psi_v(\theta)=\psi(\theta+v)-\psi(v)ψv​(θ)=ψ(θ+v)−ψ(v).

The paper assumes throughout that XXX has unbounded variation, or has bounded variation and a Lévy measure Λ\LambdaΛ with Λ(dx)≪dx\Lambda(dx)\ll dxΛ(dx)≪dx.

For q≥0q\ge0q≥0, Φ(q)\Phi(q)Φ(q) is the largest root of ψ(θ)=q\psi(\theta)=qψ(θ)=q. The qqq-scale function W(q):R→[0,∞)W^{(q)}:\mathbb R\to[0,\infty)W(q):R→[0,∞) is the unique function that vanishes on (−∞,0](-\infty,0](−∞,0], is continuous on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), and satisfies

∫0∞e−θxW(q)(x) dx=1ψ(θ)−q,θ>Φ(q).\int_0^\infty e^{-\theta x}W^{(q)}(x)\,dx=\frac1{\psi(\theta)-q},\qquad\theta>\Phi(q).∫0∞​e−θxW(q)(x)dx=ψ(θ)−q1​,θ>Φ(q).

For q<0q<0q<0 it is defined by the series W(q)=∑k≥0qkW⋆(k+1)W^{(q)}=\sum_{k\ge0}q^kW^{\star(k+1)}W(q)=∑k≥0​qkW⋆(k+1), where W=W(0)W=W^{(0)}W=W(0) and ⋆\star⋆ is convolution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). Further, Z(q)(x)=1+q∫−∞xW(q)(z) dzZ^{(q)}(x)=1+q\int_{-\infty}^xW^{(q)}(z)\,dzZ(q)(x)=1+q∫−∞x​W(q)(z)dz. The functions Wv(p)W_v^{(p)}Wv(p)​ and Zv(p)Z_v^{(p)}Zv(p)​ are the same objects built from ψv\psi_vψv​ instead of ψ\psiψ.

Under Ps,x\mathbb P_{s,x}Ps,x​ the process starts at xxx with a prior maximum s≥xs\ge xs≥x. Its running maximum is X‾t=max⁡{s,sup⁡0≤u≤tXu}\overline X_t=\max\{s,\sup_{0\le u\le t}X_u\}Xt​=max{s,sup0≤u≤t​Xu​}, and the reflected process is Y=X‾−XY=\overline X-XY=X−X, which starts at z=s−xz=s-xz=s−x. For k>0k>0k>0,

τk=inf⁡{t≥0:Yt∉[0,k)}.\tau_k=\inf\{t\ge0:Y_t\notin[0,k)\}.τk​=inf{t≥0:Yt​∈/[0,k)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

For u≥0u\ge0u≥0 and vvv with ψ(v)<∞\psi(v)<\inftyψ(v)<∞, with z=s−x≥0z=s-x\ge0z=s−x≥0 and p=u−ψ(v)p=u-\psi(v)p=u−ψ(v),

Es,x[e−uτk−vYτk]=e−vz(Zv(p)(k−z)−Wv(p)(k−z)pWv(p)(k)+vZv(p)(k)Wv(p)′(k)+vWv(p)(k)).\mathbb E_{s,x}\big[e^{-u\tau_k-vY_{\tau_k}}\big]=e^{-vz}\left(Z_v^{(p)}(k-z)-W_v^{(p)}(k-z)\frac{pW_v^{(p)}(k)+vZ_v^{(p)}(k)}{W_v^{(p)\prime}(k)+vW_v^{(p)}(k)}\right).Es,x​[e−uτk​−vYτk​​]=e−vz(Zv(p)​(k−z)−Wv(p)​(k−z)Wv(p)′​(k)+vWv(p)​(k)pWv(p)​(k)+vZv(p)​(k)​).

Here vvv may be negative, so ppp may be negative, which is where the series extension of WWW enters.

Milestones

  • (2) E[eθXt]=etψ(θ)\mathbb E[e^{\theta X_t}]=e^{t\psi(\theta)}E[eθXt​]=etψ(θ).
  • Remark 4: W(u)(x)=evxWv(u−ψ(v))(x)W^{(u)}(x)=e^{vx}W_v^{(u-\psi(v))}(x)W(u)(x)=evxWv(u−ψ(v))​(x) for every real uuu.
  • Proposition 1, (9) and (10): for x∈(a,b)x\in(a,b)x∈(a,b), the Laplace transforms of the exit time of XXX from (a,b)(a,b)(a,b) on the events of exit above and exit below.
  • (13): the splitting of the goal's expectation at the first zero of YYY.
  • (14)–(15) and (16): the two expectations of (13).
  • (22): the value CCC of the functional for YYY started at 000.
  • Remark 6, (23): the stopped process whose martingale property is equivalent to Theorem 1.

Items (13)–(22) are stated under the proof's restriction u≥ψ(v)∨0u\ge\psi(v)\vee0u≥ψ(v)∨0. The goal is not.

Significance

The identity gives, for every spectrally negative Lévy process, the law of the first drawdown of size kkk and of its overshoot. With v=0v=0v=0 it is the Laplace transform of the drawdown time. With u=0u=0u=0 it is the transform of the overshoot. The paper uses it, through its Corollary 1, to solve the perpetual Russian option and the Canadized Russian option in closed form. Identities of this form, written in scale functions, are the standard tool for drawdown and reflected-process problems for spectrally negative Lévy processes.

The theorem is proved. As far as the platform and Mathlib show, none of it is formalized: Mathlib has independent increments and cumulant generating functions but no Lévy process, no scale function and no excursion theory. This mission produces a formal statement of the paper's model and of the exit identities. A complete development would also give Mathlib its first fluctuation-theory results for Lévy processes.

Difficulty

The natural first idea is to treat YYY like XXX and read off its exit from [0,k)[0,k)[0,k) from the two-sided exit identities of Proposition 1. This works only until YYY first returns to 000. Up to that time YYY is a copy of −X-X−X. After it, YYY is reflected at 000, it is not a Lévy process, and no two-sided exit problem of XXX describes it. The whole content of the theorem is the constant CCC of (13), the value of the functional for YYY started at 000, where the reflection acts at every instant. A second difficulty is the range of (u,v)(u,v)(u,v). For v<0v<0v<0 the integrand e−vYτke^{-vY_{\tau_k}}e−vYτk​​ is unbounded, because YYY can jump far above kkk. Its finiteness is part of the claim. So is the passage from the region u≥ψ(v)∨0u\ge\psi(v)\vee0u≥ψ(v)∨0, where every scale function in (12) comes from Definition 2, to all u≥0u\ge0u≥0, where ppp can be negative.

Formalization scope

Time is [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (ℝ≥0). XXX is a real process with X0=0X_0=0X0​=0. Px\mathbb P_xPx​ is encoded by the path x+Xx+Xx+X, and Ps,x\mathbb P_{s,x}Ps,x​ by that path together with the prior maximum sss. Random times take values in WithTop ℝ≥0, with ∞\infty∞ as "never". The functional e−uτk−vYτke^{-u\tau_k-vY_{\tau_k}}e−uτk​−vYτk​​ and discount factors e−qTe^{-qT}e−qT are set to 000 where the time is infinite. Every stated expectation carries its integrability as part of the conclusion.

Readings of the paper's informal words:

  • "Lévy process": the paths start at 000, are càdlàg and have no positive jumps for every ω\omegaω, not only almost surely.
  • "We exclude the case that X has monotone paths": the paths are neither almost surely nondecreasing nor almost surely nonincreasing.
  • "unbounded variation": not of bounded variation. The standing assumption is "bounded variation implies (AC)".
  • "Λ(dx)≪dx\Lambda(dx)\ll dxΛ(dx)≪dx": for every Lebesgue-null Borel AAA, almost surely no nonzero jump in (0,1](0,1](0,1] lands in AAA. The Lévy measure is not constructed.
  • "ψ(v)<∞\psi(v)<\inftyψ(v)<∞": evX1e^{vX_1}evX1​ is integrable.
  • "the largest root": the supremum of the nonnegative roots.
  • "the unique function": a definite description by choice.
  • "analytic extension": the series (5) for real negative index. Complex indices are out of scope.
  • "W′W'W′": the derivative at k>0k>0k>0.
  • "is a martingale" in (23): a martingale for the natural filtration of XXX.
  • Misprint: (23) prints vZv(q)(k)vZ_v^{(q)}(k)vZv(q)​(k), and the statement uses vZv(p)(k)vZ_v^{(p)}(k)vZv(p)​(k).

The scale functions are defined from the exponent ψ\psiψ of the given XXX. A formalization in which WWW is an arbitrary function satisfying a Laplace-transform hypothesis is ruled out. So is one in which Wv(p)W_v^{(p)}Wv(p)​ is defined as e−vxW(p+ψ(v))(x)e^{-vx}W^{(p+\psi(v))}(x)e−vxW(p+ψ(v))(x), which would make Remark 4 a tautology.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: Lévy processes and their Laplace exponent, the strong Markov property at stopping times, existence and regularity of scale functions (via Laplace inversion), and the Esscher change of measure. No statement of the mission mentions excursion theory. Contributions of reusable infrastructure for Lévy processes are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Avram, A. E. Kyprianou, M. R. Pistorius, Exit problems for spectrally negative Lévy processes and applications to (Canadized) Russian options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14(1), 215–238, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1075828052
  • J. Bertoin, Lévy Processes, Cambridge University Press, 1996. https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/levy-processes/
  • J. Bertoin, Exponential decay and ergodicity of completely asymmetric Lévy processes in a finite interval, Ann. Appl. Probab. 7(1), 156–169, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1034625254
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Acceleration of Stochastic Approximation by Averaging: Almost-Sure Convergence and Asymptotic Normality of the Averaged IterateResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic approximation finds a root x∗x^*x∗ of an unknown map R:RN→RNR:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb R^NR:RN→RN from noisy evaluations yt=R(xt−1)+ξty_t=R(x_{t-1})+\xi_tyt​=R(xt−1​)+ξt​, by the Robbins–Monro recursion xt=xt−1−γtytx_t=x_{t-1}-\gamma_ty_txt​=xt−1​−γt​yt​. It underlies stochastic gradient descent, recursive estimation in statistics, adaptive control and simulation-based optimization. The classical theory (Sacks 1958) shows that the fastest attainable rate, t(xt−x∗)⇒N(0,G−1S(G−1)T)\sqrt t(x_t-x^*)\Rightarrow N(0,G^{-1}S(G^{-1})^T)t​(xt​−x∗)⇒N(0,G−1S(G−1)T) with G=R′(x∗)G=R'(x^*)G=R′(x∗) and SSS the noise covariance, is achieved by the matrix step γt=t−1G−1\gamma_t=t^{-1}G^{-1}γt​=t−1G−1, which requires knowing GGG.

Polyak and Juditsky (SIAM J. Control Optim. 30 (1992) 838–855) proved that the same optimal covariance is attained without any knowledge of GGG: run the recursion with scalar steps that decrease more slowly than 1/t1/t1/t and output the running average xˉt\bar x_txˉt​ of the iterates. Ruppert (Cornell ORIE technical report, 1988) obtained the one-dimensional case independently. The method, known as Polyak–Ruppert averaging, is the standard device for variance reduction in stochastic approximation.

Timeline:

  • 1951, Robbins and Monro: the recursion and its convergence in probability.
  • 1958, Sacks: asymptotic normality of xtx_txt​ for γt=γ/t\gamma_t=\gamma/tγt​=γ/t.
  • 1988, Ruppert: averaging in one dimension, i.i.d.-type noise.
  • 1990–1992, Polyak; Polyak and Juditsky: averaging in RN\mathbb R^NRN for linear problems with martingale-difference noise (Theorem 1) and nonlinear problems (Theorem 2).

Setting

Let (Ω,F,(Ft)t≥0,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,(\mathcal F_t)_{t\ge0},P)(Ω,F,(Ft​)t≥0​,P) be a filtered probability space and (ξt)t≥1(\xi_t)_{t\ge1}(ξt​)t≥1​ an adapted RN\mathbb R^NRN-valued noise process. Given a nonrandom x0∈RNx_0\in\mathbb R^Nx0​∈RN and step sizes γt>0\gamma_t>0γt​>0, algorithm (7) is

xt=xt−1−γt(R(xt−1)+ξt),xˉt=1t∑i=0t−1xi.x_t=x_{t-1}-\gamma_t\bigl(R(x_{t-1})+\xi_t\bigr),\qquad\bar x_t=\frac1t\sum_{i=0}^{t-1}x_i .xt​=xt−1​−γt​(R(xt−1​)+ξt​),xˉt​=t1​i=0∑t−1​xi​.

The error is Δt=xt−x∗\Delta_t=x_t-x^*Δt​=xt​−x∗ and the estimation error is Δˉt=xˉt−x∗\bar\Delta_t=\bar x_t-x^*Δˉt​=xˉt​−x∗.

The hypotheses are:

  • Assumption 3.1: a Lyapunov function VVV with V(x)≥α∣x∣2V(x)\ge\alpha|x|^2V(x)≥α∣x∣2, Lipschitz gradient, V(0)=0V(0)=0V(0)=0, ∇V(x−x∗)TR(x)>0\nabla V(x-x^*)^TR(x)>0∇V(x−x∗)TR(x)>0 for x≠x∗x\neq x^*x=x∗, and ∇V(x−x∗)TR(x)≥λ1V(x−x∗)\nabla V(x-x^*)^TR(x)\ge\lambda_1V(x-x^*)∇V(x−x∗)TR(x)≥λ1​V(x−x∗) near x∗x^*x∗.
  • Assumption 3.2: ∣R(x)−G(x−x∗)∣≤K1∣x−x∗∣1+λ|R(x)-G(x-x^*)|\le K_1|x-x^*|^{1+\lambda}∣R(x)−G(x−x∗)∣≤K1​∣x−x∗∣1+λ near x∗x^*x∗, with 0<λ≤10<\lambda\le10<λ≤1 and every eigenvalue of GGG having positive real part.
  • Assumption 3.3: ξt\xi_tξt​ is a martingale difference with E(∣ξt∣2∣Ft−1)+∣R(xt−1)∣2≤K2(1+∣xt−1∣2)E(|\xi_t|^2\mid\mathcal F_{t-1})+|R(x_{t-1})|^2\le K_2(1+|x_{t-1}|^2)E(∣ξt​∣2∣Ft−1​)+∣R(xt−1​)∣2≤K2​(1+∣xt−1​∣2). It splits as ξt=ξt(0)+ζt\xi_t=\xi_t(0)+\zeta_tξt​=ξt​(0)+ζt​, where ξt(0)\xi_t(0)ξt​(0) is a martingale difference whose conditional covariance tends to S≻0S\succ0S≻0 in probability and whose conditional second moments are uniformly integrable, and E(∣ζt∣2∣Ft−1)≤δ(xt−1−x∗)E(|\zeta_t|^2\mid\mathcal F_{t-1})\le\delta(x_{t-1}-x^*)E(∣ζt​∣2∣Ft−1​)≤δ(xt−1​−x∗) with δ(x)→0\delta(x)\to0δ(x)→0 as x→0x\to0x→0.
  • Assumption 3.4: (γt−γt+1)/γt=o(γt)(\gamma_t-\gamma_{t+1})/\gamma_t=o(\gamma_t)(γt​−γt+1​)/γt​=o(γt​), ∑tγt(1+λ)/2t−1/2<∞\sum_t\gamma_t^{(1+\lambda)/2}t^{-1/2}<\infty∑t​γt(1+λ)/2​t−1/2<∞, γt→0\gamma_t\to0γt​→0 and ∑tγt2<∞\sum_t\gamma_t^2<\infty∑t​γt2​<∞.

The linear case, algorithm (2), is R(x)=Ax−bR(x)=Ax-bR(x)=Ax−b with every eigenvalue of AAA having positive real part.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

Under Assumptions 3.1–3.4,

xˉt→x∗ a.s.,t (xˉt−x∗)→DN(0,  G−1S(G−1)T).\bar x_t\to x^*\ \text{a.s.},\qquad\sqrt t\,(\bar x_t-x^*)\xrightarrow{D}N\bigl(0,\;G^{-1}S(G^{-1})^T\bigr).xˉt​→x∗ a.s.,t​(xˉt​−x∗)D​N(0,G−1S(G−1)T).

Milestones

  • Lemma 1, Part 2: under condition (4) on the steps, tγt→∞t\gamma_t\to\inftytγt​→∞.
  • Lemma 1: the matrices φjt=A−1−γj∑i=jt−1∏k=ji−1(I−γkA)\varphi_j^t=A^{-1}-\gamma_j\sum_{i=j}^{t-1}\prod_{k=j}^{i-1}(I-\gamma_kA)φjt​=A−1−γj​∑i=jt−1​∏k=ji−1​(I−γk​A) are uniformly bounded, and 1t∑j<t∥φjt∥→0\frac1t\sum_{j<t}\|\varphi_j^t\|\to0t1​∑j<t​∥φjt​∥→0.
  • Lemma 2: the representation (A9) of t Δˉt\sqrt t\,\bar\Delta_tt​Δˉt​ for the linear error recursion.
  • Theorem 1(a): the linear case, t(xˉt−x∗)⇒N(0,A−1S(A−1)T)\sqrt t(\bar x_t-x^*)\Rightarrow N(0,A^{-1}S(A^{-1})^T)t​(xˉt​−x∗)⇒N(0,A−1S(A−1)T).
  • Proof of Theorem 2, Part 1: V(Δt)V(\Delta_t)V(Δt​) converges almost surely to a finite limit.
  • Proof of Theorem 2, p. 850: xt→x∗x_t\to x^*xt​→x∗ almost surely.
  • Proof of Theorem 2, Part 4: the average of the linearised process Δt1=Δt−11−γt(GΔt−11+ξt)\Delta^1_t=\Delta^1_{t-1}-\gamma_t(G\Delta^1_{t-1}+\xi_t)Δt1​=Δt−11​−γt​(GΔt−11​+ξt​) satisfies t(Δˉt1−Δˉt)→0\sqrt t(\bar\Delta^1_t-\bar\Delta_t)\to0t​(Δˉt1​−Δˉt​)→0 almost surely.

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that averaging turns a robust, slowly-stepped recursion into an asymptotically efficient estimator. The covariance G−1S(G−1)TG^{-1}S(G^{-1})^TG−1S(G−1)T is the lower bound for this class of problems: for linear recursive estimates with independent noise it is the bound of [26] in the paper. Downstream, the result is what is invoked for the asymptotic efficiency of averaged stochastic gradient descent (Theorem 3 of the paper) and of recursive M-estimators in regression (Theorem 4).

The result is proved, with a published proof, but has no machine-checked version. As far as a search of the platform shows, no statement of Theorem 1 or Theorem 2 exists on Prove2Me. The platform does have a scalar martingale central limit theorem (Martingale.clt_of_mds, proved, with unconditional Lindeberg condition), which is usable through the Cramér–Wold device. Formalizing Theorem 2 also requires the Robbins–Siegmund almost-supermartingale theorem, a multivariate CLT for martingale differences under conditional Lindeberg and conditional covariance conditions, and the Kronecker lemma. Mathlib has none of these three in the required form, and each is reusable well beyond this mission. Non-asymptotic SGD rates already on the platform (the Bottou–Curtis–Nocedal and Lan missions) are different results.

Difficulty

The obvious approach analyses xtx_txt​ directly. It fails: with steps decreasing more slowly than 1/t1/t1/t, t(xt−x∗)\sqrt t(x_t-x^*)t​(xt​−x∗) diverges, and only the average has the t\sqrt tt​ rate. The average must be compared with the averaged noise through the matrix sums of Lemma 1, whose bounds are uniform in both indices. Those bounds rely on the step condition (γt−γt+1)/γt=o(γt)(\gamma_t-\gamma_{t+1})/\gamma_t=o(\gamma_t)(γt​−γt+1​)/γt​=o(γt​) in a quantitative way.

The nonlinear case adds a second difficulty. The iterates are first shown to converge almost surely, by a Lyapunov argument. The nonlinear error is then transferred to a linearised process at the t\sqrt tt​ scale, which needs a summability estimate on ∣Δi∣1+λi−1/2|\Delta_i|^{1+\lambda}i^{-1/2}∣Δi​∣1+λi−1/2 obtained through stopping times. A central limit theorem for the linear process alone does not give the result, because the linearisation error must vanish after multiplication by t\sqrt tt​.

Formalization scope

Points are in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin N) and matrices are Matrix (Fin N) (Fin N) ℝ, acting through Matrix.toEuclideanLin. Matrix norms are operator norms. Conditional expectations are MeasureTheory.condExp on a Filtration ℕ. "Given Ft−1\mathcal F_{t-1}Ft−1​" is written with shifted indices (ξt+1\xi_{t+1}ξt+1​ given Ft\mathcal F_tFt​). The algorithm is a recursive definition from (x0,γ,R,ξ)(x_0,\gamma,R,\xi)(x0​,γ,R,ξ), with γ0,ξ0\gamma_0,\xi_0γ0​,ξ0​ unused and xˉt\bar x_txˉt​ averaging x0,…,xt−1x_0,\dots,x_{t-1}x0​,…,xt−1​. Convergence in distribution is TendstoInDistribution to multivariateGaussian 0 V. Convergence of conditional covariances in probability is entrywise TendstoInMeasure. A limsup or supremum "tending to 0 in probability" is unfolded into its η\etaη–δ\deltaδ definition.

Corrections of the printed text, each used by the paper's own proof:

  1. Assumption 3.1 prints V(x∗)=0V(x^*)=0V(x∗)=0 and ≥λV(x)\ge\lambda V(x)≥λV(x). Stated as V(0)=0V(0)=0V(0)=0 and ≥λ1V(x−x∗)\ge\lambda_1V(x-x^*)≥λ1​V(x−x∗) (as printed they force x∗=0x^*=0x∗=0). The drift constant is renamed λ1\lambda_1λ1​, since the paper uses λ\lambdaλ also in Assumption 3.2.
  2. Eq. (10) is garbled as printed. It is stated as ∑γt(1+λ)/2t−1/2<∞\sum\gamma_t^{(1+\lambda)/2}t^{-1/2}<\infty∑γt(1+λ)/2​t−1/2<∞, the form of Assumptions 4.7 and 5.6 and of p. 851.
  3. Assumption 3.3's δ(xt−1)\delta(x_{t-1})δ(xt−1​) is stated as δ(xt−1−x∗)\delta(x_{t-1}-x^*)δ(xt−1​−x∗).
  4. γt→0\gamma_t\to0γt​→0 and ∑γt2<∞\sum\gamma_t^2<\infty∑γt2​<∞ are added to Assumption 3.4. The proof uses them (p. 849), and they do not follow from it.
  5. RRR is assumed continuous. The paper states no regularity of RRR, but its proof of almost sure convergence (pp. 849–850) needs ∇V(x−x∗)TR(x)\nabla V(x-x^*)^TR(x)∇V(x−x∗)TR(x) bounded away from 000 on annuli around x∗x^*x∗, which continuity and Assumption 3.1 provide.
  6. Lemma 1 and Theorem 1(a) are stated under condition (4) only. The constant-step condition (3) is false as printed (A=diag(1,10)A=\mathrm{diag}(1,10)A=diag(1,10), γ=1\gamma=1γ=1), and Theorem 2 does not use it.
  7. (A3) is stated with the norm inside, as its proof establishes.
  8. (A9) and the linearised process of Part 4 are stated with −γtξt-\gamma_t\xi_t−γt​ξt​ noise signs, and with Δ01=Δ0\Delta^1_0=\Delta_0Δ01​=Δ0​. The printed +++ signs contradict (A8) at t=2t=2t=2.

Several formalizations would make the goal trivial, and all are ruled out:

  • conditional expectations of non-integrable functions, which are 000 in Lean (every noise process is required to be in L2L^2L2);
  • a real supremum for the uniform integrability in Assumption 3.3, which is 000 on unbounded families;
  • an arbitrary process with a property in place of the recursion (7);
  • a degenerate Dirac target (the covariance G−1S(G−1)TG^{-1}S(G^{-1})^TG−1S(G−1)T is positive definite under the hypotheses).

Welcome contributions: the Robbins–Siegmund theorem, a vector martingale CLT under conditional Lindeberg conditions, the Kronecker lemma, and the matrix estimates of Lemma 1.

Selected references

  • B. T. Polyak, A. B. Juditsky, Acceleration of stochastic approximation by averaging, SIAM J. Control Optim. 30(4), 838–855, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1137/0330046
  • H. Robbins, S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Ann. Math. Statist. 22, 400–407, 1951. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • J. Sacks, Asymptotic distribution of stochastic approximation procedures, Ann. Math. Statist. 29, 373–405, 1958. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177706619
  • D. Ruppert, Efficient estimations from a slowly convergent Robbins–Monro process, Cornell University ORIE Technical Report 781, 1988 (no stable online link located).
  • H. Robbins, D. Siegmund, A convergence theorem for non negative almost supermartingales and some applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, Academic Press, 233–257, 1971. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the optimality equation for average cost Markov decision processes and its validity for inventory control: The Average-Cost Optimality Equation for Setup-Cost Inventory ControlResearch Paper

Motivation

Average-cost criteria are standard in inventory, queueing and maintenance models that run indefinitely. For a Markov decision process (MDP), the central object is the average-cost optimality equation (ACOE). It couples a constant www (the optimal long-run cost per period) with a relative value function u~\tilde uu~. A stationary policy that attains the minimum in the ACOE is average-cost optimal. When the state space is uncountable, the one-step cost is unbounded and the transition probability is only weakly continuous, the ACOE is not automatically available.

Feinberg, Kasyanov and Zadoianchuk (2012) proved that under their Assumptions W* and B the weaker average-cost optimality inequality (ACOI) holds. For setwise continuous transition probabilities, Hernández-Lerma and Lasserre (1996, Theorem 5.5.4) gave conditions for the ACOE via equicontinuity. Feinberg and Lewis (2015) established the ACOI and optimality of (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) policies for periodic-review inventory control with setup costs and general demand. Feinberg and Liang (2022, online 2017) extended the equicontinuity condition to weakly continuous transitions and used it to show that the inventory problem satisfies the full equation, not just the inequality.

Setting

An MDP has a state space X\mathbb XX and an action space A\mathbb AA (Borel subsets of Polish spaces). It has a one-step cost c:X×A→R∪{+∞}c:\mathbb X\times\mathbb A\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}c:X×A→R∪{+∞}, bounded below, and a transition probability q(dy∣x,a)q(dy\mid x,a)q(dy∣x,a). A policy chooses actions from the observed history, possibly at random. A stationary policy is a measurable map ϕ:X→A\phi:\mathbb X\to\mathbb Aϕ:X→A. For a discount factor α∈[0,1)\alpha\in[0,1)α∈[0,1):

  • vα(x)v_\alpha(x)vα​(x) is the infimum over all policies of the expected total discounted cost from xxx;
  • mα=inf⁡xvα(x)m_\alpha=\inf_x v_\alpha(x)mα​=infx​vα​(x);
  • uα=vα−mαu_\alpha=v_\alpha-m_\alphauα​=vα​−mα​ is the discounted relative value function.

The average cost of a policy is wπ(x)=lim sup⁡N1NExπ∑t<Nc(xt,at)w^\pi(x)=\limsup_N \frac1N\mathbb E^\pi_x\sum_{t<N}c(x_t,a_t)wπ(x)=limsupN​N1​Exπ​∑t<N​c(xt​,at​), and w(x)=inf⁡πwπ(x)w(x)=\inf_\pi w^\pi(x)w(x)=infπ​wπ(x). Set w‾=lim inf⁡α↑1(1−α)mα\underline w=\liminf_{\alpha\uparrow1}(1-\alpha)m_\alphaw​=liminfα↑1​(1−α)mα​. For a sequence αn↑1\alpha_n\uparrow1αn​↑1, define

u~(x)=lim inf⁡n→∞, y→xuαn(y).\tilde u(x)=\liminf_{n\to\infty,\ y\to x}u_{\alpha_n}(y).u~(x)=n→∞, y→xliminf​uαn​​(y).

Assumption EC for {αn}\{\alpha_n\}{αn​} has two parts:

  1. the family {uαn}\{u_{\alpha_n}\}{uαn​​} is equicontinuous;
  2. some measurable U≥uαnU\ge u_{\alpha_n}U≥uαn​​ has ∫U dq(⋅∣x,a)<∞\int U\,dq(\cdot\mid x,a)<\infty∫Udq(⋅∣x,a)<∞ for all x,ax,ax,a.

The inventory problem has inventory level x∈Rx\in\mathbb Rx∈R (negative means backlog) and order quantity a≥0a\ge0a≥0. Inventory evolves by xt+1=xt+at−Dt+1x_{t+1}=x_t+a_t-D_{t+1}xt+1​=xt​+at​−Dt+1​, with i.i.d. nonnegative demands DDD. The cost is

c(x,a)=K I{a>0}+cˉ a+E[h(x+a−D)],c(x,a)=K\,I_{\{a>0\}}+\bar c\,a+\mathbb E[h(x+a-D)],c(x,a)=KI{a>0}​+cˉa+E[h(x+a−D)],

with setup cost K≥0K\ge0K≥0, unit cost cˉ>0\bar c>0cˉ>0, and convex hhh with h(x)→∞h(x)\to\inftyh(x)→∞ as ∣x∣→∞|x|\to\infty∣x∣→∞. Let α∗=1+lim⁡x→−∞h(x)/(cˉx)\alpha^*=1+\lim_{x\to-\infty}h(x)/(\bar cx)α∗=1+limx→−∞​h(x)/(cˉx) and H(x)=cˉx+E[h(x−D)]+E[u~(x−D)]H(x)=\bar cx+\mathbb E[h(x-D)]+\mathbb E[\tilde u(x-D)]H(x)=cˉx+E[h(x−D)]+E[u~(x−D)]. A function fff is KKK-convex if f((1−λ)x+λy)≤(1−λ)f(x)+λf(y)+λKf((1-\lambda)x+\lambda y)\le(1-\lambda)f(x)+\lambda f(y)+\lambda Kf((1−λ)x+λy)≤(1−λ)f(x)+λf(y)+λK for x≤yx\le yx≤y and λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1). An (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) policy orders up to SSS whenever the inventory is below sss.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.5

For every sequence of nonnegative discount factors αn↑1\alpha_n\uparrow1αn​↑1 with α1>α∗\alpha_1>\alpha^*α1​>α∗, the inventory MDP satisfies Assumption EC. Along a subsequence, uαnk→u~u_{\alpha_{n_k}}\to\tilde uuαnk​​​→u~, and some stationary ϕ\phiϕ satisfies

w+u~(x)=KI{ϕ(x)>0}+H(x+ϕ(x))−cˉx=min⁡{min⁡a≥0[K+H(x+a)], H(x)}−cˉx.w+\tilde u(x)=K I_{\{\phi(x)>0\}}+H(x+\phi(x))-\bar cx=\min\Big\{\min_{a\ge0}[K+H(x+a)],\,H(x)\Big\}-\bar cx .w+u~(x)=KI{ϕ(x)>0}​+H(x+ϕ(x))−cˉx=min{a≥0min​[K+H(x+a)],H(x)}−cˉx.

Moreover:

  • u~\tilde uu~ and HHH are KKK-convex, continuous and inf-compact;
  • the (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) policy built from a minimizer of HHH satisfies the equation;
  • so do the limits (s∗,S∗)(s^*,S^*)(s∗,S∗) of discount-optimal thresholds.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.3: for equicontinuous families, the pointwise and joint lower limits coincide.
  2. Theorem 3.2: Assumptions W*, B and EC imply the ACOE for a general MDP.
  3. The cited facts used in §4:
    • Assumptions W* and B hold for the inventory problem;
    • the sets Xα\mathbb X_\alphaXα​ of minimizers of vαv_\alphavα​ lie in a bounded interval (4.4);
    • discount-optimal (sα,Sα)(s_\alpha,S_\alpha)(sα​,Sα​) policies (Theorem 4.3);
    • their average-cost limits (Theorem 4.4);
    • the renewal bounds (4.11)–(4.12).
  4. Lemma 4.6: an explicit dominating function UUU.
  5. Lemma 4.7: equicontinuity of {uαn}\{u_{\alpha_n}\}{uαn​​} for the inventory problem.

Significance

The ACOE is stronger than the ACOI. It identifies the optimal actions of an average-cost problem as the minimizers of a one-step lookahead with u~\tilde uu~, and it makes u~\tilde uu~ a genuine relative value function: u~\tilde uu~ is the pointwise limit of the discounted relative values along a subsequence. For inventory control, Theorem 4.5 gives three further conclusions:

  • the KKK-convexity and continuity of the average-cost relative value function;
  • that an optimal (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) policy can be computed from HHH by the same argmin rule that works for discounted costs;
  • that limits of discount-optimal thresholds solve the average-cost problem.

The results are proved in the paper, and in the cited works of Feinberg and coauthors for the cited milestones. None is formalized. There is no formal library of MDPs on Borel spaces with history-dependent randomized policies. This mission builds that layer (strategic measures via Ionescu Tulcea, discounted and average costs, Assumptions W*, B and EC) and states the general ACOE theorem on it. A proof of the goal would also require formal proofs of the cited inventory results of Feinberg–Lewis (2015) and Feinberg–Liang (2017a), which are milestones here.

Difficulty

One obvious route is to pass to the limit in the discounted optimality equation vα=min⁡a[c+α∫vα dq]v_\alpha=\min_a[c+\alpha\int v_\alpha\,dq]vα​=mina​[c+α∫vα​dq]. After subtracting mαm_\alphamα​, this needs two things: convergence of uαnu_{\alpha_n}uαn​​, and exchanging limit and integral. Pointwise lower limits give only the inequality (ACOI). The reverse inequality needs actual convergence of a subsequence and a dominating function. For weakly continuous qqq, convergence of ∫uαn dq\int u_{\alpha_n}\,dq∫uαn​​dq additionally requires uniform convergence on compacts, which is where equicontinuity enters.

For the inventory problem the hard step is equicontinuity itself. The functions uαu_\alphauα​ are not uniformly Lipschitz. It must be shown that costs from two nearby starting inventories stay close uniformly in α\alphaα. This comparison runs through the time until inventory falls below the reorder point, and it is controlled by renewal-theoretic bounds on the number of demand arrivals.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace FeinbergLiang.ACOE. It commits to the following conventions.

  • Spaces. X,A\mathbb X,\mathbb AX,A are separable metric spaces with standard Borel σ-algebras. This is the paper's "Borel subsets of Polish spaces", up to homeomorphism. The inventory case is X=R\mathbb X=\mathbb RX=R, A=R≥0\mathbb A=\mathbb R_{\ge0}A=R≥0​. The integer case X=Z\mathbb X=\mathbb ZX=Z, A=N0\mathbb A=\mathbb N_0A=N0​ is out of scope, as are Corollary 4.8 and Theorem 4.9.
  • Costs and infinities. The cost is stored as a real lower bound plus a [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued part. Every value function (vαv_\alphavα​, mαm_\alphamα​, uαu_\alphauα​, www, w‾\underline ww​, u~\tilde uu~) is the [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued part, with the explicit real shift described in the definitions. uαu_\alphauα​ equals vα−mαv_\alpha-m_\alphavα​−mα​ whenever mα<∞m_\alpha<\inftymα​<∞, which Assumption B guarantees. α∗\alpha^*α∗ is an extended real and may be −∞-\infty−∞. GαG_\alphaGα​ and HHH are extended-real valued, and each theorem using them concludes their finiteness. Likewise the ACOE conclusions include w‾<∞\underline w<\inftyw​<∞ and u~<∞\tilde u<\inftyu~<∞, so an equation of the form ∞=∞\infty=\infty∞=∞ can never satisfy them.
  • Policies. vαv_\alphavα​ and www are infima over all history-dependent randomized policies, with trajectory laws given by Mathlib's Ionescu Tulcea kernel Kernel.trajMeasure. They are never defined as solutions of an optimality equation.
  • Readings of informal words.
    1. "αn↑1\alpha_n\uparrow1αn​↑1" means values in [0,1)[0,1)[0,1), nondecreasing, with limit 111; "nonnegative discount factors" is the lower end of [0,1)[0,1)[0,1).
    2. The paper's α1\alpha_1α1​ is Lean's α 0.
    3. "Equicontinuous" is Mathlib's Equicontinuous, applied to the real values of uαnu_{\alpha_n}uαn​​ together with their finiteness.
    4. "lim inf⁡n→∞,y→x\liminf_{n\to\infty,y\to x}liminfn→∞,y→x​" is the lower limit along the product filter atTop ×ˢ 𝓝 x.
    5. "Uniform on each compact subset" is TendstoUniformlyOn on every compact set.
    6. "=min⁡=\min=min" in (3.3) and (4.10) means the middle term is attained and is a lower bound for all actions.
    7. "Assumption EC for the sequence" is a property of a given sequence.
    8. "Can be selected as an (s∗,S∗)(s^*,S^*)(s∗,S∗) policy" is stated for every limit of discount-optimal thresholds along a further subsequence, with u~\tilde uu~ that of Theorem 3.2(i).
    9. "Can be selected as an (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) policy" is stated for every minimizer SSS of HHH.
    10. Theorem 4.4's "optimality inequality (4.8)" is read as the ACOI (3.1) for the (s∗,S∗)(s^*,S^*)(s∗,S∗) policy.
  • Standing assumptions. The paper's "without loss of generality h≥0h\ge0h≥0 and h(0)=0h(0)=0h(0)=0" is a pair of hypotheses of the inventory model. This is the paper's normalization, not an addition.
  • Not trivializable. Defining vαv_\alphavα​ through its optimality equation, restricting policies to stationary ones, or dropping the finiteness conclusions would make the goal a different, weaker statement. The definitions rule each of these out.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, especially the general Theorem 3.2 and the renewal estimates behind Lemmas 4.6–4.7. The Borel-space MDP definitions are reusable by later average-cost and discounted MDP missions.

Selected references

  • E. A. Feinberg and Y. Liang, On the optimality equation for average cost Markov decision processes and its validity for inventory control, Annals of Operations Research 317 (2022) 569–586. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10479-017-2561-9
  • E. A. Feinberg, P. O. Kasyanov and N. V. Zadoianchuk, Average cost Markov decision processes with weakly continuous transition probability, Mathematics of Operations Research 37(4) (2012) 591–607. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0555
  • E. A. Feinberg and M. E. Lewis, On the convergence of optimal actions for Markov decision processes and the optimality of (s, S) policies for inventory control, preprint arXiv:1507.05125, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.05125
  • E. A. Feinberg and Y. Liang, Structure of optimal policies to periodic-review inventory models with convex costs and backorders for all values of discount factors, Annals of Operations Research (2017a). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10479-017-2548-6
  • O. Hernández-Lerma and J. B. Lasserre, Discrete-Time Markov Control Processes: Basic Optimality Criteria, Springer, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0729-0
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 4 of 12Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me